blob: 149baaadfbb945392e8af16b9b47699f73689025 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000025#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000028#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
David Blaikiefb901c7a2015-04-04 15:12:29 +000040 llvm::Value *Cell =
41 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +000042 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(Value, Cell, CharUnits::One());
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000043 }
44}
45
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000047 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000048 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
49}
50
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +000051ABIArgInfo
52ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirect(QualType Ty, bool ByRef, bool Realign,
53 llvm::Type *Padding) const {
54 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
55 ByRef, Realign, Padding);
56}
57
58ABIArgInfo
59ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(QualType Ty, bool Realign) const {
60 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
61 /*ByRef*/ false, Realign);
62}
63
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +000064Address ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
65 QualType Ty) const {
66 return Address::invalid();
67}
68
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +000069ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000070
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000071static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000072 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000073 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
74 if (!RD)
75 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000076 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000077}
78
79static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000080 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000081 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
82 if (!RT)
83 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000084 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
85}
86
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +000087/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
88/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
89static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
90 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
91 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
92 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
93 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
94 return UD->field_begin()->getType();
95 }
96 }
97 return Ty;
98}
99
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000100CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
101 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000102}
103
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000104ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
105 return CGT.getContext();
106}
107
108llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
109 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
110}
111
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000112const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
113 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000114}
115
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000116const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
117 return CGT.getTarget();
118}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000119
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +0000120bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
121 return false;
122}
123
124bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
125 uint64_t Members) const {
126 return false;
127}
128
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +0000129bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
130 return false;
131}
132
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000133void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000134 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000135 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000136 switch (TheKind) {
137 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000138 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000139 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000140 Ty->print(OS);
141 else
142 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000143 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000144 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000145 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000146 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000147 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000148 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000149 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000150 case InAlloca:
151 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
152 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000153 case Indirect:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000154 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign().getQuantity()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000155 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000156 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000157 break;
158 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000159 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000160 break;
161 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000162 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000163}
164
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000165/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
166/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
167///
168/// This version implements the core direct-value passing rules.
169///
170/// \param SlotSize - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
171/// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
172/// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
173/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
174/// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
175/// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
176/// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding. If this
177/// is false, the returned address might be less-aligned than
178/// DirectAlign.
179static Address emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
180 Address VAListAddr,
181 llvm::Type *DirectTy,
182 CharUnits DirectSize,
183 CharUnits DirectAlign,
184 CharUnits SlotSize,
185 bool AllowHigherAlign) {
186 // Cast the element type to i8* if necessary. Some platforms define
187 // va_list as a struct containing an i8* instead of just an i8*.
188 if (VAListAddr.getElementType() != CGF.Int8PtrTy)
189 VAListAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(VAListAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
190
191 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "argp.cur");
192
193 // If the CC aligns values higher than the slot size, do so if needed.
194 Address Addr = Address::invalid();
195 if (AllowHigherAlign && DirectAlign > SlotSize) {
196 llvm::Value *PtrAsInt = Ptr;
197 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(PtrAsInt, CGF.IntPtrTy);
198 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(PtrAsInt,
199 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, DirectAlign.getQuantity() - 1));
200 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(PtrAsInt,
201 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, -DirectAlign.getQuantity()));
202 Addr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(PtrAsInt, Ptr->getType(),
203 "argp.cur.aligned"),
204 DirectAlign);
205 } else {
206 Addr = Address(Ptr, SlotSize);
207 }
208
209 // Advance the pointer past the argument, then store that back.
210 CharUnits FullDirectSize = DirectSize.RoundUpToAlignment(SlotSize);
211 llvm::Value *NextPtr =
212 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), FullDirectSize,
213 "argp.next");
214 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr);
215
216 // If the argument is smaller than a slot, and this is a big-endian
217 // target, the argument will be right-adjusted in its slot.
218 if (DirectSize < SlotSize && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
219 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, SlotSize - DirectSize);
220 }
221
222 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, DirectTy);
223 return Addr;
224}
225
226/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
227/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
228///
229/// \param IsIndirect - Values of this type are passed indirectly.
230/// \param ValueInfo - The size and alignment of this type, generally
231/// computed with getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(ValueTy).
232/// \param SlotSizeAndAlign - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
233/// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
234/// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
235/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
236/// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
237/// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
238/// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding.
239static Address emitVoidPtrVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
240 QualType ValueTy, bool IsIndirect,
241 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> ValueInfo,
242 CharUnits SlotSizeAndAlign,
243 bool AllowHigherAlign) {
244 // The size and alignment of the value that was passed directly.
245 CharUnits DirectSize, DirectAlign;
246 if (IsIndirect) {
247 DirectSize = CGF.getPointerSize();
248 DirectAlign = CGF.getPointerAlign();
249 } else {
250 DirectSize = ValueInfo.first;
251 DirectAlign = ValueInfo.second;
252 }
253
254 // Cast the address we've calculated to the right type.
255 llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(ValueTy);
256 if (IsIndirect)
257 DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);
258
259 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, DirectTy,
260 DirectSize, DirectAlign,
261 SlotSizeAndAlign,
262 AllowHigherAlign);
263
264 if (IsIndirect) {
265 Addr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr), ValueInfo.second);
266 }
267
268 return Addr;
269
270}
271
272static Address emitMergePHI(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
273 Address Addr1, llvm::BasicBlock *Block1,
274 Address Addr2, llvm::BasicBlock *Block2,
275 const llvm::Twine &Name = "") {
276 assert(Addr1.getType() == Addr2.getType());
277 llvm::PHINode *PHI = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(Addr1.getType(), 2, Name);
278 PHI->addIncoming(Addr1.getPointer(), Block1);
279 PHI->addIncoming(Addr2.getPointer(), Block2);
280 CharUnits Align = std::min(Addr1.getAlignment(), Addr2.getAlignment());
281 return Address(PHI, Align);
282}
283
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000284TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
285
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000286// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
287// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
288unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
289 // Verified for:
290 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
291 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
292 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
293 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000294 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000295 return 32;
296}
297
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000298bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
299 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000300 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
301 // x86_stdcall
302 // MIPS
303 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
304 return false;
305}
306
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000307void
308TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
309 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
310 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
311 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
312 // dynamic.
313 Opt = "-l";
314 Opt += Lib;
315}
316
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000317static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000318
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000319/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000320/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000321static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
322 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000323 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
324 return true;
325
326 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000327
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000328 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
329 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000330 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000331 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
332 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
333 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000334 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000335 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000336
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000337 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
338 if (!RT)
339 return false;
340
341 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
342 //
343 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
344 // current ABI.
345 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
346 return false;
347
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000348 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000349}
350
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000351/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000352/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
353/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000354static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000355 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000356 if (!RT)
357 return 0;
358 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
359 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
360 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000361
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000362 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000363 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000364 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
365 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000366 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000367
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000368 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
369 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000370 return false;
371 return true;
372}
373
374/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
375/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
376/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
377/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
378/// considered single element structs.
379///
380/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
381/// it exists.
382static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
Benjamin Kramer83b1bf32015-03-02 16:09:24 +0000383 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000384 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000385 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000386
387 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
388 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000389 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000390
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000391 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000392
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000393 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
394 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000395 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000396 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000397 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000398 continue;
399
400 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
401 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000402 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000403
404 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
405 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000406 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000407 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000408 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000409 }
410 }
411
412 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000413 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000414 QualType FT = FD->getType();
415
416 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000417 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000418 continue;
419
420 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
421 // struct.
422 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000423 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000424
425 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
426 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
427 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
428 break;
429 FT = AT->getElementType();
430 }
431
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000432 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000433 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
434 } else {
435 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
436 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000437 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000438 }
439 }
440
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000441 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
442 // padding beyond the element type.
443 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000444 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000445
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000446 return Found;
447}
448
449static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000450 // Treat complex types as the element type.
451 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
452 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
453
454 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
455 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
456 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000457 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000458 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000459 return false;
460
461 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
462 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
463}
464
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000465/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
466/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
467/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
468/// inhibiting optimizations.
469///
470// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
471// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
472// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
473// capable of handling it.
474static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
475 // We can only expand structure types.
476 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
477 if (!RT)
478 return false;
479
480 // We can only expand (C) structures.
481 //
482 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
483 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000484 if (!RD->isStruct())
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000485 return false;
486
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000487 // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl.
488 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
489 if (!CXXRD->isCLike())
490 return false;
491 }
492
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000493 uint64_t Size = 0;
494
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000495 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000496 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
497 return false;
498
499 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
500 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
501 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
502 if (FD->isBitField())
503 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000504
505 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000506 }
507
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000508 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
509 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
510 return false;
511
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000512 return true;
513}
514
515namespace {
516/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
517/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
518/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
519/// conform to any particular ABI.
520class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000521public:
522 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000523
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000524 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
525 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000526
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000527 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000528 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
529 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000530 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
531 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000532 }
533
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000534 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
535 QualType Ty) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000536};
537
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000538class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
539public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000540 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
541 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000542};
543
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000544Address DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
545 QualType Ty) const {
546 return Address::invalid();
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000547}
548
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000549ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000550 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
551
552 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
553 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
554 // passed by value.
555 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000556 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000557
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000558 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000559 }
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000560
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000561 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
562 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
563 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000564
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000565 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
566 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000567}
568
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000569ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
570 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
571 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
572
573 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000574 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000575
576 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
577 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
578 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
579
580 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
581 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
582}
583
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000584//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000585// WebAssembly ABI Implementation
586//
587// This is a very simple ABI that relies a lot on DefaultABIInfo.
588//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
589
590class WebAssemblyABIInfo final : public DefaultABIInfo {
591public:
592 explicit WebAssemblyABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
593 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
594
595private:
596 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
597 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
598
599 // DefaultABIInfo's classifyReturnType and classifyArgumentType are
600 // non-virtual, but computeInfo is virtual, so we overload that.
601 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
602 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
603 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
604 for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments())
605 Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type);
606 }
607};
608
609class WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo final : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
610public:
611 explicit WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
612 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WebAssemblyABIInfo(CGT)) {}
613};
614
615/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
616ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
617 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
618
619 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
620 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
621 // passed by value.
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000622 if (auto RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000623 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000624 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
625 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
626 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
627 // Lower single-element structs to just pass a regular value. TODO: We
628 // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using getExpand(),
629 // though watch out for things like bitfields.
630 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
631 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000632 }
633
634 // Otherwise just do the default thing.
635 return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty);
636}
637
638ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
639 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
640 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
641 // returned by value.
642 if (!getRecordArgABI(RetTy, getCXXABI())) {
643 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
644 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
645 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
646 // Lower single-element structs to just return a regular value. TODO: We
647 // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using
648 // ABIArgInfo::getDirect().
649 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
650 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
651 }
652 }
653
654 // Otherwise just do the default thing.
655 return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy);
656}
657
658//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000659// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000660//
661// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
662// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000663//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
664
665class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
666 public:
667 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
668
669 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000670 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000671
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000672 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000673 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
674 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000675};
676
677class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
678 public:
679 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
680 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
681};
682
683void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000684 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000685 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
686
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000687 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
688 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
689}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000690
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000691Address PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
692 QualType Ty) const {
693 return Address::invalid();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000694}
695
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000696/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
697ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000699 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000700 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
701 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000702 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
703 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000704 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000705 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
706 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
707 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000708 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000709
710 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
711 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000712}
713
714ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
715 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
716 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
717
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000718 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000719 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000720 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000721
722 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
723 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
724 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
725
726 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
727 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
728}
729
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000730/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
731bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
732 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000733 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
734 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
735 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
736}
737
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000738static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000739 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000740 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000741 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
742 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
743 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000744 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000745 }
746
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000747 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000748 }
749
750 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000751 return Ty;
752}
753
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000754/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
755/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
756static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
757 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
758 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
759 return true;
760 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
761 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
762 // registers specially.
763 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
764 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
765 return true;
766 }
767 return false;
768}
769
770/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
771/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
772static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
773 return NumMembers <= 4;
774}
775
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000776//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
777// X86-32 ABI Implementation
778//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000779
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000780/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
781struct CCState {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000782 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000783
784 unsigned CC;
785 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000786 unsigned FreeSSERegs;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000787};
788
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000789/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
790class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000791 enum Class {
792 Integer,
793 Float
794 };
795
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000796 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
797
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000798 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000799 bool IsRetSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000800 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +0000801 bool IsSoftFloatABI;
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +0000802 bool IsMCUABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000803 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000804
805 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
806 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
807 }
808
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000809 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
810 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
811 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
812 }
813
814 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
815 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
816 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
817 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
818 }
819
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000820 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000821
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000822 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
823 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000824 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
825
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000826 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000827
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000828 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000829 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000830
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000831 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000832 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000833 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
834 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000835
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000836 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
837 /// inalloca.
838 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
839
840 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000841 CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000842 QualType Type) const;
843
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000844public:
845
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000846 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000847 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
848 QualType Ty) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000849
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000850 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
851 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +0000852 unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000853 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(DarwinVectorABI),
854 IsRetSmallStructInRegABI(RetSmallStructInRegABI),
855 IsWin32StructABI(Win32StructABI),
Manuel Klimekab2e28e2015-10-19 08:43:46 +0000856 IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI),
Michael Kupersteind749f232015-10-27 07:46:22 +0000857 IsMCUABI(CGT.getTarget().getTriple().isOSIAMCU()),
Manuel Klimekab2e28e2015-10-19 08:43:46 +0000858 DefaultNumRegisterParameters(NumRegisterParameters) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000859};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000860
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000861class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
862public:
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000863 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
864 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +0000865 unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
866 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(
867 CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, Win32StructABI,
868 NumRegisterParameters, SoftFloatABI)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000869
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000870 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
871 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
872
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +0000873 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000874 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000875
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000876 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000877 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000878 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000879 return 4;
880 }
881
882 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000883 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000884
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000885 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000886 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000887 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000888 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
889 }
890
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000891 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
892 std::string &Constraints,
893 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
894 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
895 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
896 std::string &AsmString,
897 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
898
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000899 llvm::Constant *
900 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000901 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
902 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
903 ('F' << 16) |
904 ('T' << 24);
905 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
906 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000907};
908
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +0000909}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000910
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000911/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
912/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
913/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
914/// mov $0, $1
915/// mov eax, $1
916/// The result will be:
917/// mov $0, $2
918/// mov eax, $2
919static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
920 unsigned NumNewOuts,
921 std::string &AsmString) {
922 std::string Buf;
923 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
924 size_t Pos = 0;
925 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
926 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
927 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
928 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
929 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
930 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
931 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
932 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
933 Pos = DollarEnd;
934 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
935 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
936 // We have an operand reference.
937 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
938 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
939 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
940 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
941 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
942 unsigned OperandIndex;
943 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
944 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
945 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
946 OS << OperandIndex;
947 } else {
948 OS << OperandStr;
949 }
950 Pos = DigitEnd;
951 }
952 }
953 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
954}
955
956/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
957void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
958 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
959 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
960 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
961 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
962 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
963 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
964
965 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
966 // larger.
967 if (!Constraints.empty())
968 Constraints += ',';
969 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
970 Constraints += "={eax}";
971 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
972 } else {
973 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
974 Constraints += "=A";
975 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
976 }
977
978 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
979 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
980 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
981
982 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
983 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
984 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
985 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
986
987 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
988}
989
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000990/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +0000991/// returned in a register (for the Darwin and MCU ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000992bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
993 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000994 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
995
996 // Type must be register sized.
997 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
998 return false;
999
1000 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
1001 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
1002 // registers.
1003 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
1004 return false;
1005
1006 return true;
1007 }
1008
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +00001009 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
1010 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +00001011 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +00001012 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +00001013 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001014 return true;
1015
1016 // Arrays are treated like records.
1017 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001018 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001019
1020 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001021 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001022 if (!RT) return false;
1023
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001024 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
1025
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001026 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
1027 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00001028 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001029 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00001030 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001031 continue;
1032
1033 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001034 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001035 return false;
1036 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001037 return true;
1038}
1039
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001040ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001041 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
1042 // integer register.
1043 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1044 --State.FreeRegs;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001045 return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(RetTy);
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001046 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001047 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false);
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001048}
1049
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00001050ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
1051 CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001052 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001053 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001054
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001055 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1056 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1057 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1058 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
1059 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
1060 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1061 }
1062
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001063 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001064 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +00001065 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001066 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001067
1068 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
1069 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
1070 // backend will like.
1071 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00001072 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001073 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001074
1075 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
1076 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
1077 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1078 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00001079 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001080 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001081
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001082 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001083 }
1084
1085 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001086 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001087
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001088 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001089 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +00001090 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001091 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001092 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +00001093 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001094
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +00001095 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00001096 if (!IsRetSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001097 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001098
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001099 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
1100 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001101 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001102 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +00001103
1104 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
1105 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00001106 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
1107 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
1108 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +00001109 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001110 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00001111 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +00001112 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
1113
1114 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
1115 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00001116 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001117 }
1118
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001119 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001120 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001121
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001122 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1123 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
1124 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1125
1126 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1127 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001128}
1129
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +00001130static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
1131 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
1132}
1133
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001134static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
1135 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1136 if (!RT)
1137 return 0;
1138 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1139
1140 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1141 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001142 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
1143 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001144 return false;
1145
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00001146 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001147 QualType FT = i->getType();
1148
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +00001149 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001150 return true;
1151
1152 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
1153 return true;
1154 }
1155
1156 return false;
1157}
1158
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001159unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
1160 unsigned Align) const {
1161 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
1162 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001163 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001164 return 0; // Use default alignment.
1165
1166 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
1167 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1168 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001169 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001170 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001171
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001172 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +00001173 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
1174 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001175 return 16;
1176
1177 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001178}
1179
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001180ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001181 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001182 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001183 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1184 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001185 return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001186 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001187 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001188 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001189
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001190 // Compute the byval alignment.
1191 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
1192 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
1193 if (StackAlign == 0)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001194 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001195
1196 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
1197 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001198 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001199 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlign),
1200 /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001201}
1202
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001203X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
1204 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
1205 if (!T)
1206 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
1207
1208 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
1209 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
1210 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
1211 return Float;
1212 }
1213 return Integer;
1214}
1215
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001216bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
1217 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001218 NeedsPadding = false;
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +00001219 if (!IsSoftFloatABI) {
1220 Class C = classify(Ty);
1221 if (C == Float)
1222 return false;
1223 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001224
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001225 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1226 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +00001227
1228 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
1229 return false;
1230
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +00001231 if (!IsMCUABI) {
1232 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
1233 State.FreeRegs = 0;
1234 return false;
1235 }
1236 } else {
1237 // The MCU psABI allows passing parameters in-reg even if there are
1238 // earlier parameters that are passed on the stack. Also,
1239 // it does not allow passing >8-byte structs in-register,
1240 // even if there are 3 free registers available.
1241 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs || SizeInRegs > 2)
1242 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001243 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001244
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001245 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001246
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001247 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1248 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001249 if (Size > 32)
1250 return false;
1251
1252 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1253 return true;
1254
1255 if (Ty->isPointerType())
1256 return true;
1257
1258 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1259 return true;
1260
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001261 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001262 NeedsPadding = true;
1263
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001264 return false;
1265 }
1266
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001267 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001268}
1269
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001270ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1271 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001272 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001273
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00001274 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1275
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001276 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1277 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1278 if (RT) {
1279 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1280 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1281 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1282 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1283 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1284 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1285 }
1286 }
1287
1288 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1289 // to other targets.
1290 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1291 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1292 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1293 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1294 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1295 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1296 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1297 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1298 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1299 }
1300 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1301 }
1302
1303 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1304 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001305 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001306 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001307 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001308
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001309 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001310 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001311 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001312 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001313
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +00001314 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +00001315 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001316 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1317
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001318 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1319 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1320 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001321 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001322 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +00001323 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001324 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1325 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1326 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00001327 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001328
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +00001329 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1330 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1331 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1332 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001333 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1334 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001335 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001336 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1337 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1338 PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001339
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001340 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001341 }
1342
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001343 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001344 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1345 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001346 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1347 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001348 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1349 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1350 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1351 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001352 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001353
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001354 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1355 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001356
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001357 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1358 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001359
1360
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001361 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1362 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001363
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001364 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001365 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001366
1367 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1368 if (InReg)
1369 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1370 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1371 }
1372 if (InReg)
1373 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1374 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001375}
1376
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001377void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001378 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1379 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1380 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001381 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1382 State.FreeRegs = 2;
1383 State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1384 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001385 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +00001386 else if (IsMCUABI)
1387 State.FreeRegs = 3;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001388 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001389 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001390
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001391 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001392 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001393 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1394 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1395 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1396 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1397 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1398 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1399 }
1400 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001401
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00001402 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1403 if (FI.isChainCall())
1404 ++State.FreeRegs;
1405
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001406 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001407 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1408 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1409 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001410 }
1411
1412 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1413 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1414 if (UsedInAlloca)
1415 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1416}
1417
1418void
1419X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001420 CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
1421 QualType Type) const {
1422 // Arguments are always 4-byte-aligned.
1423 CharUnits FieldAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
1424
1425 assert(StackOffset.isMultipleOf(FieldAlign) && "unaligned inalloca struct");
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001426 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1427 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001428 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type);
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001429
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001430 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.
1431 CharUnits FieldEnd = StackOffset;
1432 StackOffset = FieldEnd.RoundUpToAlignment(FieldAlign);
1433 if (StackOffset != FieldEnd) {
1434 CharUnits NumBytes = StackOffset - FieldEnd;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001435 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001436 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes.getQuantity());
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001437 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1438 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001439}
1440
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001441static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1442 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1443 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1444 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1445 return true;
1446 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1447 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1448 return true;
1449 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1450 return false;
1451 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1452 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1453 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1454 if (Info.getInReg())
1455 return false;
1456 return true;
1457 }
1458 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1459}
1460
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001461void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1462 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1463
1464 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1465 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1466
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001467 // The stack alignment is always 4.
1468 CharUnits StackAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
1469
1470 CharUnits StackOffset;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001471 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1472
1473 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1474 bool IsThisCall =
1475 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1476 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1477 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1478 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1479 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1480 ++I;
1481 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001482
1483 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001484 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1485 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1486 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001487 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1488 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001489 }
1490
1491 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001492 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001493 ++I;
1494
1495 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1496 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001497 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1498 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001499 }
1500
1501 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001502 /*isPacked=*/true),
1503 StackAlign);
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001504}
1505
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001506Address X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1507 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001508
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001509 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001510
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001511 // x86-32 changes the alignment of certain arguments on the stack.
1512 //
1513 // Just messing with TypeInfo like this works because we never pass
1514 // anything indirectly.
1515 TypeInfo.second = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
1516 getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeInfo.second.getQuantity()));
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001517
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001518 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
1519 TypeInfo, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
1520 /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001521}
1522
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001523bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1524 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1525 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1526
1527 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1528 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1529 break;
1530 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1531 return false;
1532 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1533 return true;
1534 }
1535
Michael Kupersteind749f232015-10-27 07:46:22 +00001536 if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.isOSIAMCU())
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001537 return true;
1538
1539 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001540 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1541 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1542 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1543 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001544 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Reid Kleckner2918fef2014-11-24 22:05:42 +00001545 return true;
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001546 default:
1547 return false;
1548 }
1549}
1550
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001551void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001552 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1553 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00001554 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001555 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1556 // Get the LLVM function.
1557 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1558
1559 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001560 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001561 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001562 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1563 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1564 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1565 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001566 }
1567 }
1568}
1569
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001570bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1571 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1572 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1573 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001574
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001575 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001576
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001577 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1578 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1579 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001580 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001581
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001582 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001583 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1584 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1585 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001586 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001587 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001588
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001589 } else {
1590 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1591 // reason.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001592 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
1593 Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9),
1594 CharUnits::One());
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001595
1596 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1597 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1598 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001599 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001600 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1601 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001602
1603 return false;
1604}
1605
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001606//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1607// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1608//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1609
1610
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001611namespace {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001612/// The AVX ABI level for X86 targets.
1613enum class X86AVXABILevel {
1614 None,
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00001615 AVX,
1616 AVX512
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001617};
1618
1619/// \p returns the size in bits of the largest (native) vector for \p AVXLevel.
1620static unsigned getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) {
1621 switch (AVXLevel) {
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00001622 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX512:
1623 return 512;
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001624 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX:
1625 return 256;
1626 case X86AVXABILevel::None:
1627 return 128;
1628 }
Yaron Kerenb76cb042015-06-23 09:45:42 +00001629 llvm_unreachable("Unknown AVXLevel");
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001630}
1631
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001632/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1633class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1634 enum Class {
1635 Integer = 0,
1636 SSE,
1637 SSEUp,
1638 X87,
1639 X87Up,
1640 ComplexX87,
1641 NoClass,
1642 Memory
1643 };
1644
1645 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1646 ///
1647 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1648 /// classification \arg Field.
1649 ///
1650 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1651 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1652 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1653 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001654 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001655
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001656 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1657 ///
1658 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1659 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1660 ///
1661 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1662 /// the classification process.
1663 ///
1664 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1665 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1666 ///
1667 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1668 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1669 ///
1670 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1671
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001672 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1673 /// given type T should be passed.
1674 ///
1675 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1676 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1677 ///
1678 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1679 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1680 ///
1681 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1682 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1683 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1684 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001685 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1686 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1687 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001688 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1689 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1690 /// will be Memory.
1691 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001692 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001693 ///
1694 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1695 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001696 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1697 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001698
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001699 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001700 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1701 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1702 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1703 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1704 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1705 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001706
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001707 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001708 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001709 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001710
1711 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001712 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001713 ///
1714 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1715 /// available.
1716 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001717
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001718 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001719
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001720 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001721 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001722 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001723 unsigned &neededSSE,
1724 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001725
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001726 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1727
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001728 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1729 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1730 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1731 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1732 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1733 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001734 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001735 }
1736
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001737 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001738 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1739 // 64-bit hardware.
1740 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001741
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001742public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001743 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) :
1744 ABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001745 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001746 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001747
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001748 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1749 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001750 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001751 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1752 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001753 if (info.isDirect()) {
1754 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1755 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1756 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1757 }
1758 return false;
1759 }
1760
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001761 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001762
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001763 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1764 QualType Ty) const override;
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +00001765 Address EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1766 QualType Ty) const override;
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001767
1768 bool has64BitPointers() const {
1769 return Has64BitPointers;
1770 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001771};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001772
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001773/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001774class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1775
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001776 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1777 bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001778
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001779public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001780 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1781
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001782 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001783
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001784 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1785 QualType Ty) const override;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001786
1787 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1788 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1789 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1790 }
1791
1792 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1793 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1794 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1795 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1796 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001797};
1798
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001799class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1800public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001801 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00001802 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001803
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001804 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1805 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1806 }
1807
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001808 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001809 return 7;
1810 }
1811
1812 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001813 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001814 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001815
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001816 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1817 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001818 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001819 return false;
1820 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001821
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001822 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001823 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001824 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001825 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1826 }
1827
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001828 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001829 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001830 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1831 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001832 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001833 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1834 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1835 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001836 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001837 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001838 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1839 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1840 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1841 HasAVXType = true;
1842 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001843 }
1844 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001845
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001846 if (!HasAVXType)
1847 return true;
1848 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001849
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001850 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001851 }
1852
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001853 llvm::Constant *
1854 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001855 unsigned Sig;
1856 if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers())
1857 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1858 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1859 ('F' << 16) |
1860 ('T' << 24);
1861 else
1862 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1863 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
1864 ('F' << 16) |
1865 ('T' << 24);
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001866 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1867 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001868};
1869
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001870class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
1871public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001872 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
1873 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, AVXLevel) {}
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001874
1875 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00001876 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001877 Opt = "\01";
Yunzhong Gaod65200c2015-07-20 17:46:56 +00001878 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1879 if (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos)
1880 Opt += "\"" + Lib.str() + "\"";
1881 else
1882 Opt += Lib;
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001883 }
1884};
1885
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001886static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001887 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
1888 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1889 // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
1890 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
1891 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
1892 ArgStr += Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001893 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001894 ArgStr += ".lib";
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001895 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001896 return ArgStr;
1897}
1898
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001899class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1900public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001901 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00001902 bool DarwinVectorABI, bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
1903 unsigned NumRegisterParameters)
1904 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +00001905 Win32StructABI, NumRegisterParameters, false) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001906
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001907 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001908 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1909
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001910 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001911 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001912 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001913 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001914 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001915
1916 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1917 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001918 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001919 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001920 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001921};
1922
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001923static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1924 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1925 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00001926 if (D && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001927 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1928 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1929
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00001930 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
1931 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001932 }
1933 }
1934}
1935
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001936void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001937 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1938 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001939 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001940
1941 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1942}
1943
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001944class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1945public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001946 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1947 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00001948 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001949
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001950 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001951 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1952
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001953 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001954 return 7;
1955 }
1956
1957 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001958 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001959 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001960
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001961 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1962 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001963 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001964 return false;
1965 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001966
1967 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001968 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001969 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001970 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001971 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001972
1973 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1974 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001975 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001976 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001977 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001978};
1979
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001980void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001981 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1982 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001983 TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001984
1985 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1986}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00001987}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001988
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001989void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1990 Class &Hi) const {
1991 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1992 //
1993 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1994 // memory.
1995 //
1996 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1997 // memory.
1998 //
1999 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
2000 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
2001 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
2002 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
2003 //
2004 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
2005 //
2006 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
2007 // only with unions; for example:
2008 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
2009 //
2010 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
2011 //
2012 if (Hi == Memory)
2013 Lo = Memory;
2014 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
2015 Lo = Memory;
2016 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
2017 Lo = Memory;
2018 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
2019 Hi = SSE;
2020}
2021
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002022X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002023 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
2024 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
2025 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
2026 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
2027 //
2028 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
2029 //
2030 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
2031 // the other class.
2032 //
2033 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
2034 // class.
2035 //
2036 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
2037 // INTEGER.
2038 //
2039 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
2040 // MEMORY is used as class.
2041 //
2042 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
2043
2044 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
2045 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
2046 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
2047 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
2048 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
2049 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002050 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002051 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002052 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002053 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002054 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002055 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002056 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
2057 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002058 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002059 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002060}
2061
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00002062void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002063 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002064 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
2065 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
2066 // situations.
2067
2068 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
2069 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
2070 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
2071
2072 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
2073
2074 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
2075 Current = Memory;
2076
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002077 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002078 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
2079
2080 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
2081 Current = NoClass;
2082 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
2083 Lo = Integer;
2084 Hi = Integer;
2085 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
2086 Current = Integer;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002087 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002088 Current = SSE;
2089 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002090 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
2091 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad) {
2092 Lo = SSE;
2093 Hi = SSEUp;
2094 } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) {
2095 Lo = X87;
2096 Hi = X87Up;
2097 } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble) {
2098 Current = SSE;
2099 } else
2100 llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002101 }
2102 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
2103 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002104 return;
2105 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002106
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002107 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002108 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002109 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002110 return;
2111 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002112
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002113 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002114 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002115 return;
2116 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002117
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002118 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00002119 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
2120 if (Has64BitPointers) {
2121 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
2122 // Lo and Hi now.
2123 Lo = Hi = Integer;
2124 } else {
2125 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
2126 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
2127 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
2128 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
2129 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
2130 Lo = Hi = Integer;
2131 } else {
2132 Current = Integer;
2133 }
2134 }
2135 } else {
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00002136 Current = Integer;
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00002137 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002138 return;
2139 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002140
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002141 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002142 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
David Majnemerf8d14db2015-07-17 05:49:13 +00002143 if (Size == 1 || Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) {
2144 // gcc passes the following as integer:
2145 // 4 bytes - <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x float>
2146 // 2 bytes - <2 x char>, <1 x short>
2147 // 1 byte - <1 x char>
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002148 Current = Integer;
2149
2150 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
2151 // split.
David Majnemerf8d14db2015-07-17 05:49:13 +00002152 uint64_t EB_Lo = (OffsetBase) / 64;
2153 uint64_t EB_Hi = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
2154 if (EB_Lo != EB_Hi)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002155 Hi = Lo;
2156 } else if (Size == 64) {
2157 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
2158 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
2159 return;
2160
2161 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00002162 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00002163 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
2164 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
2165 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002166 Current = Integer;
2167 else
2168 Current = SSE;
2169
2170 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
2171 // split.
2172 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
2173 Hi = Lo;
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00002174 } else if (Size == 128 ||
2175 (isNamedArg && Size <= getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002176 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
2177 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
2178 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
2179 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
2180 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
2181 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
2182 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002183 //
2184 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
2185 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
2186 // variadic function.
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00002187 //
2188 // Similarly, per 3.2.3. of the AVX512 draft, 512-bits ("named") args are
2189 // split into eight eightbyte chunks, one SSE and seven SSEUP.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002190 Lo = SSE;
2191 Hi = SSEUp;
2192 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002193 return;
2194 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002195
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002196 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002197 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002198
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002199 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00002200 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002201 if (Size <= 64)
2202 Current = Integer;
2203 else if (Size <= 128)
2204 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002205 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002206 Current = SSE;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002207 } else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002208 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002209 } else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) {
2210 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
2211 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad)
2212 Current = Memory;
2213 else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended)
2214 Current = ComplexX87;
2215 else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble)
2216 Lo = Hi = SSE;
2217 else
2218 llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!");
2219 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002220
2221 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
2222 // should be split.
2223 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002224 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002225 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
2226 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002227
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002228 return;
2229 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002230
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002231 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002232 // Arrays are treated like structures.
2233
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002234 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002235
2236 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002237 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2238 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002239 return;
2240
2241 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
2242 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
2243 //
2244 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002245 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002246 return;
2247
2248 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
2249 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
2250 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002251 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002252 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00002253
2254 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
2255 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2256 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2257 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
2258 return;
2259
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002260 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
2261 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002262 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002263 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2264 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2265 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2266 break;
2267 }
2268
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002269 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002270 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002271 return;
2272 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002273
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002274 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002275 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002276
2277 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002278 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2279 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002280 return;
2281
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002282 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
2283 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
2284 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002285 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002286 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002287
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002288 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2289
2290 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2291 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2292 return;
2293
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002294 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002295
2296 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2297 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002298
2299 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2300 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002301 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2302 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002303 "Unexpected base class!");
2304 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002305 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002306
2307 // Classify this field.
2308 //
2309 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2310 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2311 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2312 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002313 uint64_t Offset =
2314 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002315 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002316 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2317 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
David Majnemercefbc7c2015-07-08 05:14:29 +00002318 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) {
2319 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2320 return;
2321 }
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002322 }
2323 }
2324
2325 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002326 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00002327 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002328 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002329 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2330 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2331
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002332 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2333 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002334 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002335 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2336 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2337 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2338 //
2339 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2340 Lo = Memory;
David Majnemer699dd042015-07-08 05:07:05 +00002341 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002342 return;
2343 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002344 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002345 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002346 Lo = Memory;
David Majnemer699dd042015-07-08 05:07:05 +00002347 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002348 return;
2349 }
2350
2351 // Classify this field.
2352 //
2353 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2354 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2355 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2356 // NO_CLASS.
2357 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2358
2359 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2360 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2361 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2362 if (BitField) {
2363 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2364 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2365 continue;
2366
2367 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00002368 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002369
2370 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2371 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00002372
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002373 if (EB_Lo) {
2374 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2375 FieldLo = NoClass;
2376 FieldHi = Integer;
2377 } else {
2378 FieldLo = Integer;
2379 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2380 }
2381 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002382 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002383 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2384 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2385 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2386 break;
2387 }
2388
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002389 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002390 }
2391}
2392
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002393ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002394 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2395 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00002396 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2399 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2400
2401 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2403 }
2404
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00002405 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002406}
2407
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002408bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2409 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2410 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00002411 unsigned LargestVector = getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel);
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002412 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2413 return true;
2414 }
2415
2416 return false;
2417}
2418
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002419ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2420 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002421 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2422 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002423 //
2424 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2425 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2426 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2427 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2428 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002429 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002430 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2431 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2432 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2433
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00002434 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2435 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002436 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002437
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002438 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00002439 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002440
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002441 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2442 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2443 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002444
2445 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2446 // is important for good codegen.
2447 //
2448 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2449 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2450 //
2451 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2452 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2453 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2454 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2455 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2456 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2457 // might be inreg.
2458 //
2459 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2460 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2461 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2462 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2463 //
2464 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2465 // attributes. See PR12193.
2466 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2467 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2468
2469 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2470 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2471 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2472 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2473 Size));
2474 }
2475
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00002476 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002477}
2478
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002479/// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2480/// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002481llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002482 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2483 // vectors; strip them off if present.
2484 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2485 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002486
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002487 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002488 if (isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType) ||
2489 IRType->getTypeID() == llvm::Type::FP128TyID)
Andrea Di Biagioe7347c62015-06-02 19:34:40 +00002490 return IRType;
2491
2492 // We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'.
2493 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2494 assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256) && "Invalid type found!");
2495
2496 // Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'.
2497 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()),
2498 Size / 64);
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002499}
2500
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002501/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2502/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2503/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2504/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2505/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2506///
2507/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2508static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2509 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2510 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2511 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2512 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2513 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2514 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2515 return true;
2516
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002517 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2518 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2519 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2520
2521 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2522 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2523 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2524 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2525 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002526
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002527 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2528 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2529 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2530 return false;
2531 }
2532 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2533 return true;
2534 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002535
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002536 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2537 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2538 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002539
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002540 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2541 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002542 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2543 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002544 "Unexpected base class!");
2545 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002546 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002547
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002548 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002549 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002550 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002551
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002552 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002553 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002554 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2555 return false;
2556 }
2557 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002558
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002559 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2560 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2561 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2562 // much.
2563 unsigned idx = 0;
2564 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2565 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2566 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002567
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002568 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2569 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2570
2571 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2572 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2573 Context))
2574 return false;
2575 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002576
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002577 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2578 // clean.
2579 return true;
2580 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002581
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002582 return false;
2583}
2584
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002585/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2586/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2587/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2588/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002589static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002590 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002591 // Base case if we find a float.
2592 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2593 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002594
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002595 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002596 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002597 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2598 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2599 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2600 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2601 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002602
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002603 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002604 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2605 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002606 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2607 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2608 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2609 }
2610
2611 return false;
2612}
2613
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002614
2615/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2616/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002617llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2618GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002619 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002620 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002621 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2622 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2623 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2624 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2625 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002626
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002627 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2628 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2629 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002630 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2631 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002632 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002633
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002634 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2635}
2636
2637
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002638/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2639/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2640/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2641/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002642/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2643/// etc).
2644///
2645/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2646/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2647/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2648///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002649/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002650/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2651///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002652llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2653GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002654 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002655 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2656 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2657 if (IROffset == 0) {
2658 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002659 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2660 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002661 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002662
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002663 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2664 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2665 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2666 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2667 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2668 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2669 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002670 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2671 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2672 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2673 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002674
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002675 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2676 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2677 return IRType;
2678 }
2679 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002680
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002681 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002682 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002683 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002684 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2685 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2686 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002687
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002688 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2689 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002690 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002691 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002692
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002693 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002694 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002695 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002696 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002697 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2698 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002699 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002700
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002701 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2702 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002703 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2704 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002705
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002706 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002707
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002708 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2709 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002710 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2711 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002712}
2713
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002714
2715/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2716/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2717/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2718/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2719/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002720static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002721GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002722 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002723 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2724 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2725 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2726 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2727 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2728 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
David Majnemered684072014-10-20 06:13:36 +00002729 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002730 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002731
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002732 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2733 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2734 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2735 // struct.
2736 if (HiStart != 8) {
Derek Schuff5ec51282015-06-24 22:36:38 +00002737 // There are usually two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce
2738 // for the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or
2739 // i8/i16/i32. This can also include pointers when they are 32-bit (X32 and
2740 // NaCl).
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002741 // Promote these to a larger type.
2742 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2743 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2744 else {
Derek Schuff3c6a48d2015-06-24 22:36:36 +00002745 assert((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy())
2746 && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002747 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2748 }
2749 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002750
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002751 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002752
2753
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002754 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2755 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2756 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2757 return Result;
2758}
2759
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002760ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002761classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002762 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2763 // classification algorithm.
2764 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002765 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002766
2767 // Check some invariants.
2768 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002769 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2770
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002771 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002772 switch (Lo) {
2773 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002774 if (Hi == NoClass)
2775 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2776 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2777 // null.
2778 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2779 "Unknown missing lo part");
2780 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002781
2782 case SSEUp:
2783 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002784 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002785
2786 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2787 // hidden argument.
2788 case Memory:
2789 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2790
2791 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2792 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2793 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002794 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002795
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002796 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2797 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2798 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2799 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2800 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2801 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002802
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002803 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2804 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2805 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2806 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002807 break;
2808
2809 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2810 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2811 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002812 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002813 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002814
2815 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2816 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2817 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002818 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002819 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002820
2821 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2822 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2823 // %st1.
2824 case ComplexX87:
2825 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002826 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002827 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002828 nullptr);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002829 break;
2830 }
2831
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002832 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002833 switch (Hi) {
2834 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2835 // never occur as a hi class.
2836 case Memory:
2837 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002838 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002839
2840 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002841 case NoClass:
2842 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002843
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002844 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002845 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002846 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2847 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002848 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002849 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002850 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002851 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2852 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002853 break;
2854
2855 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002856 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2857 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002858 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002859 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002860 case SSEUp:
2861 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002862 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002863 break;
2864
2865 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2866 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2867 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002868 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002869 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002870 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002871 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002872 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002873 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002874 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2875 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002876 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002877 break;
2878 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002879
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002880 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002881 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2882 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002883 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002884 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002885
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002886 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002887}
2888
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002889ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002890 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2891 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002892 const
2893{
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00002894 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2895
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002896 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002897 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002898
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002899 // Check some invariants.
2900 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2901 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002902 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2903
2904 neededInt = 0;
2905 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002906 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002907 switch (Lo) {
2908 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002909 if (Hi == NoClass)
2910 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2911 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2912 // null.
2913 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2914 "Unknown missing lo part");
2915 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002916
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002917 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2918 // on the stack.
2919 case Memory:
2920
2921 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2922 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2923 case X87:
2924 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002925 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002926 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002927 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002928
2929 case SSEUp:
2930 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002931 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002932
2933 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2934 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2935 // and %r9 is used.
2936 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002937 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002938
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002939 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002940 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002941
2942 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2943 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2944 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2945 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2946 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2947 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002948
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002949 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2950 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2951 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2952 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002953
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002954 break;
2955
2956 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2957 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2958 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002959 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002960 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002961 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002962 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002963 break;
2964 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002965 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002966
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002967 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002968 switch (Hi) {
2969 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002970 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002971 // which is passed in memory.
2972 case Memory:
2973 case X87:
2974 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002975 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002976
2977 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002978
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002979 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002980 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002981 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002982 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002983
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002984 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2985 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002986 break;
2987
2988 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2989 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2990 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002991 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002992 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002993
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002994 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2995 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002996
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002997 ++neededSSE;
2998 break;
2999
3000 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
3001 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003002 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003003 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00003004 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00003005 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003006 break;
3007 }
3008
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00003009 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
3010 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
3011 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
3012 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00003013 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00003014
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00003015 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003016}
3017
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00003018void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003019
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003020 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3021 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003022
3023 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003024 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003025
3026 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
3027 // integer register.
3028 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
3029 --freeIntRegs;
3030
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00003031 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
3032 if (FI.isChainCall())
3033 ++freeIntRegs;
3034
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003035 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003036 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
3037 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003038 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003039 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003040 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
3041 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00003042
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003043 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00003044 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003045 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003046
3047 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
3048 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
3049 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
3050 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003051 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003052 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
3053 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
3054 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00003055 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003056 }
3057 }
3058}
3059
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003060static Address EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3061 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) {
3062 Address overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
3063 VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), "overflow_arg_area_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003064 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
3065 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
3066
3067 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
3068 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00003069 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
3070 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003071 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003072 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00003073 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00003074 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00003075 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003076 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
3077 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003078 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00003079 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003080 overflow_arg_area =
3081 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
3082 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
3083 "overflow_arg_area.align");
3084 }
3085
3086 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003087 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003088 llvm::Value *Res =
3089 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00003090 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003091
3092 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
3093 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
3094 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
3095 // an 8 byte boundary.
3096
3097 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00003098 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003099 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003100 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
3101 "overflow_arg_area.next");
3102 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
3103
3104 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003105 return Address(Res, CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003106}
3107
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003108Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3109 QualType Ty) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003110 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
3111 // struct {
3112 // i32 gp_offset;
3113 // i32 fp_offset;
3114 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
3115 // i8* reg_save_area;
3116 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003117 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003118
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003119 Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003120 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00003121 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003122
3123 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
3124 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
3125 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003126 return EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003127
3128 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
3129 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
3130 // the number of floating point registers needed.
3131
3132 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
3133 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
3134 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
3135 //
3136 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
3137 // register save space).
3138
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003139 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003140 Address gp_offset_p = Address::invalid(), fp_offset_p = Address::invalid();
3141 llvm::Value *gp_offset = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003142 if (neededInt) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00003143 gp_offset_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003144 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, CharUnits::Zero(),
3145 "gp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003146 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00003147 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
3148 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003149 }
3150
3151 if (neededSSE) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00003152 fp_offset_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003153 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
3154 "fp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003155 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
3156 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00003157 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
3158 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003159 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
3160 }
3161
3162 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3163 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
3164 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3165 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
3166
3167 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
3168
3169 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3170
3171 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
3172 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
3173 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
3174 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
3175 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
3176 //
3177 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
3178 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
3179 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
3180 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003181 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003182 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3183 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)),
3184 "reg_save_area");
3185
3186 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003187 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
3188 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00003189 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003190 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003191 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3192 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003193 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003194 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
3195 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00003196 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003197 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003198 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
3199 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003200 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset);
3201 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00003202 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
3203 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003204
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003205 // Copy the first element.
3206 llvm::Value *V =
3207 CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad(
3208 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
3209 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3210 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero()));
3211
3212 // Copy the second element.
3213 V = CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad(
3214 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
3215 CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
3216 getDataLayout().getStructLayout(ST)->getElementOffset(1));
3217 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, Offset));
3218
3219 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003220 } else if (neededInt) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003221 RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset),
3222 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3223 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003224
3225 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
3226 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003227 getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003228 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003229 CharUnits TyAlign = SizeAlign.second;
3230
3231 // Copy into a temporary if the type is more aligned than the
3232 // register save area.
3233 if (TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
3234 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3235 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, false);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003236 RegAddr = Tmp;
3237 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003238
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003239 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003240 RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
3241 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
3242 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003243 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003244 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
3245 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
3246 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003247 // The ABI isn't explicit about this, but it seems reasonable
3248 // to assume that the slots are 16-byte aligned, since the stack is
3249 // naturally 16-byte aligned and the prologue is expected to store
3250 // all the SSE registers to the RSA.
3251 Address RegAddrLo = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
3252 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
3253 Address RegAddrHi =
3254 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddrLo,
3255 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003256 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00003257 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003258 llvm::Value *V;
3259 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3260 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
3261 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3262 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrLo, DoubleTy));
3263 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3264 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero()));
3265 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3266 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrHi, DoubleTy));
3267 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3268 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)));
3269
3270 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003271 }
3272
3273 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
3274 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
3275 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
3276 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003277 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003278 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
3279 gp_offset_p);
3280 }
3281 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003282 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003283 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
3284 fp_offset_p);
3285 }
3286 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3287
3288 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
3289
3290 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003291 Address MemAddr = EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003292
3293 // Return the appropriate result.
3294
3295 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003296 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, MemAddr, InMemBlock,
3297 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003298 return ResAddr;
3299}
3300
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +00003301Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3302 QualType Ty) const {
3303 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
3304 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
3305 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
3306 /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
3307}
3308
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003309ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
3310 bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003311
3312 if (Ty->isVoidType())
3313 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3314
3315 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3316 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3317
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003318 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
3319 uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
3320 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003321
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003322 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
3323 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003324 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003325 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003326 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003327 }
3328
3329 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003330 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003331
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003332 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003333 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003334 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003335 Width));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003336 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003337
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003338 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3339 // other targets.
3340 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3341 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3342 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3343 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3344 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3345 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3346 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3347 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3348 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003349 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align),
3350 /*ByVal=*/false);
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003351 }
3352
3353
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00003354 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00003355 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3356 // directly.
3357 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3358 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3359 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003360 }
3361
Michael Kuperstein4f818702015-02-24 09:35:58 +00003362 if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003363 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3364 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003365 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003366 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003367
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003368 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003369 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003370 }
3371
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00003372 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3373 // extended.
3374 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3375 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00003376 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3377
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003378 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3379}
3380
3381void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003382 bool IsVectorCall =
3383 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00003384
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003385 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3386 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3387 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3388 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3389
3390 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3391 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003392 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003393 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003394}
3395
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003396Address WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3397 QualType Ty) const {
3398 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
3399 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
3400 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
3401 /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003402}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003403
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003404// PowerPC-32
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003405namespace {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003406/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3407class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003408public:
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003409 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3410
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003411 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3412 QualType Ty) const override;
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003413};
3414
3415class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3416public:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003417 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
3418 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003419
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003420 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003421 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3422 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3423 }
3424
3425 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003426 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003427};
3428
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00003429}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003430
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003431Address PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAList,
3432 QualType Ty) const {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003433 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3434 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3435 (void)CTy;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003436 return Address::invalid();
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003437 }
3438
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003439 // struct __va_list_tag {
3440 // unsigned char gpr;
3441 // unsigned char fpr;
3442 // unsigned short reserved;
3443 // void *overflow_arg_area;
3444 // void *reg_save_area;
3445 // };
3446
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003447 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003448 bool isInt =
3449 Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003450
3451 // All aggregates are passed indirectly? That doesn't seem consistent
3452 // with the argument-lowering code.
3453 bool isIndirect = Ty->isAggregateType();
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003454
3455 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003456
3457 // The calling convention either uses 1-2 GPRs or 1 FPR.
3458 Address NumRegsAddr = Address::invalid();
3459 if (isInt) {
3460 NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 0, CharUnits::Zero(), "gpr");
3461 } else {
3462 NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 1, CharUnits::One(), "fpr");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003463 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003464
3465 llvm::Value *NumRegs = Builder.CreateLoad(NumRegsAddr, "numUsedRegs");
3466
3467 // "Align" the register count when TY is i64.
3468 if (isI64) {
3469 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(1));
3470 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAnd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8((uint8_t) ~1U));
3471 }
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003472
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003473 llvm::Value *CC =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003474 Builder.CreateICmpULT(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003475
3476 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3477 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3478 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3479
3480 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3481
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003482 llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
3483 if (isIndirect) DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003484
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003485 // Case 1: consume registers.
3486 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
3487 {
3488 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3489
3490 Address RegSaveAreaPtr =
3491 Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3492 RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr),
3493 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3494 assert(RegAddr.getElementType() == CGF.Int8Ty);
3495
3496 // Floating-point registers start after the general-purpose registers.
3497 if (!isInt) {
3498 RegAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddr,
3499 CharUnits::fromQuantity(32));
3500 }
3501
3502 // Get the address of the saved value by scaling the number of
3503 // registers we've used by the number of
3504 CharUnits RegSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(isInt ? 4 : 8);
3505 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
3506 Builder.CreateMul(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(RegSize.getQuantity()));
3507 RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(CGF.Int8Ty,
3508 RegAddr.getPointer(), RegOffset),
3509 RegAddr.getAlignment().alignmentOfArrayElement(RegSize));
3510 RegAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, DirectTy);
3511
3512 // Increase the used-register count.
3513 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3514 Builder.CreateStore(NumRegs, NumRegsAddr);
3515
3516 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003517 }
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003518
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003519 // Case 2: consume space in the overflow area.
3520 Address MemAddr = Address::invalid();
3521 {
3522 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003523
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003524 // Everything in the overflow area is rounded up to a size of at least 4.
3525 CharUnits OverflowAreaAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
3526
3527 CharUnits Size;
3528 if (!isIndirect) {
3529 auto TypeInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
3530 Size = TypeInfo.first.RoundUpToAlignment(OverflowAreaAlign);
3531 } else {
3532 Size = CGF.getPointerSize();
3533 }
3534
3535 Address OverflowAreaAddr =
3536 Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
3537 Address OverflowArea(Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaAddr),
3538 OverflowAreaAlign);
3539
3540 // The current address is the address of the varargs element.
3541 // FIXME: do we not need to round up to alignment?
3542 MemAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArea, DirectTy);
3543
3544 // Increase the overflow area.
3545 OverflowArea = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OverflowArea, Size);
3546 Builder.CreateStore(OverflowArea.getPointer(), OverflowAreaAddr);
3547 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3548 }
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003549
3550 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3551
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003552 // Merge the cases with a phi.
3553 Address Result = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, UsingRegs, MemAddr, UsingOverflow,
3554 "vaarg.addr");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003555
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003556 // Load the pointer if the argument was passed indirectly.
3557 if (isIndirect) {
3558 Result = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Result, "aggr"),
3559 getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003560 }
3561
3562 return Result;
3563}
3564
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003565bool
3566PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3567 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3568 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3569 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3570
3571 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003572
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003573 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003574 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3575 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3576 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3577
3578 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003579 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003580
3581 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003582 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003583
3584 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3585 // 64: mq
3586 // 65: lr
3587 // 66: ctr
3588 // 67: ap
3589 // 68-75 cr0-7
3590 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003591 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003592
3593 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003594 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003595
3596 // 109: vrsave
3597 // 110: vscr
3598 // 111: spe_acc
3599 // 112: spefscr
3600 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003601 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003602
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003603 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003604}
3605
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003606// PowerPC-64
3607
3608namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003609/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3610class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003611public:
3612 enum ABIKind {
3613 ELFv1 = 0,
3614 ELFv2
3615 };
3616
3617private:
3618 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3619 ABIKind Kind;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003620 bool HasQPX;
3621
3622 // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and
3623 // will be passed in a QPX register.
3624 bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const {
3625 if (!HasQPX)
3626 return false;
3627
3628 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3629 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3630 if (NumElements == 1)
3631 return false;
3632
3633 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) {
3634 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256)
3635 return true;
3636 } else if (VT->getElementType()->
3637 isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3638 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128)
3639 return true;
3640 }
3641 }
3642
3643 return false;
3644 }
3645
3646 bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const {
3647 return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr());
3648 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003649
3650public:
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003651 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3652 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003653
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003654 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003655 CharUnits getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003656
3657 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3658 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3659
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003660 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3661 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3662 uint64_t Members) const override;
3663
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003664 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3665 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3666 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3667 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3668 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3669 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003670 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003671 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3672 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003673 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003674 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3675 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003676 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003677 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003678 if (T) {
3679 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003680 if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) ||
3681 (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003682 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003683 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003684 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003685 continue;
3686 }
3687 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003688 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003689 }
3690 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003691
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003692 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3693 QualType Ty) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003694};
3695
3696class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003697
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003698public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003699 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003700 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00003701 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003702
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003703 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003704 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3705 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3706 }
3707
3708 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003709 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003710};
3711
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003712class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3713public:
3714 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3715
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003716 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003717 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3718 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3719 }
3720
3721 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003722 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003723};
3724
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00003725}
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003726
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003727// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3728// extended to 64 bits.
3729bool
3730PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3731 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3732 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3733 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3734
3735 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3736 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3737 return true;
3738
3739 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3740 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3741 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3742 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3743 case BuiltinType::Int:
3744 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3745 return true;
3746 default:
3747 break;
3748 }
3749
3750 return false;
3751}
3752
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003753/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte or
3754/// higher alignment in the parameter area. Always returns at least 8.
3755CharUnits PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003756 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3757 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3758 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3759
3760 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3761 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003762 if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
3763 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003764 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003765
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003766 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003767 } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003768 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128 ? 16 : 8);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003769 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003770
3771 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3772 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3773 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3774 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3775 if (EltType) {
3776 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003777 if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() &&
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003778 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3779 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3780 AlignAsType = EltType;
3781 }
3782
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003783 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3784 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3785 uint64_t Members = 0;
3786 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3787 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3788 AlignAsType = Base;
3789
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003790 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003791 if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) {
3792 if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003793 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003794
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003795 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003796 } else if (AlignAsType) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003797 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(AlignAsType->isVectorType() ? 16 : 8);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003798 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003799
3800 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3801 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003802 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) {
3803 if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003804 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
3805 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003806 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003807
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003808 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003809}
3810
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003811/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3812/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3813/// to the number of base elements.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003814bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3815 uint64_t &Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003816 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3817 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3818 if (NElements == 0)
3819 return false;
3820 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3821 return false;
3822 Members *= NElements;
3823 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3824 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3825 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3826 return false;
3827
3828 Members = 0;
Ulrich Weiganda094f042014-10-29 13:23:20 +00003829
3830 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3831 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3832 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3833 // Ignore empty records.
3834 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3835 continue;
3836
3837 uint64_t FldMembers;
3838 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3839 return false;
3840
3841 Members += FldMembers;
3842 }
3843 }
3844
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003845 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3846 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3847 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3848 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3849 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3850 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3851 return false;
3852 FT = AT->getElementType();
3853 }
3854 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3855 continue;
3856
3857 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3858 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3859 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3860 continue;
3861
3862 uint64_t FldMembers;
3863 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3864 return false;
3865
3866 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3867 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3868 }
3869
3870 if (!Base)
3871 return false;
3872
3873 // Ensure there is no padding.
3874 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3875 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3876 return false;
3877 } else {
3878 Members = 1;
3879 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3880 Members = 2;
3881 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3882 }
3883
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003884 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3885 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003886 return false;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003887
3888 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3889 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3890 // treated as being equivalent here.
3891 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3892 if (!Base)
3893 Base = TyPtr;
3894
3895 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3896 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3897 return false;
3898 }
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003899 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3900}
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003901
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003902bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3903 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3904 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3905 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3906 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3907 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3908 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3909 return true;
3910 }
3911 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003912 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty))
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003913 return true;
3914 }
3915 return false;
3916}
3917
3918bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3919 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003920 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3921 // or two registers depending on their size.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003922 uint32_t NumRegs =
3923 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003924
3925 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003926 return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003927}
3928
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003929ABIArgInfo
3930PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003931 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3932
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003933 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3934 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3935
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003936 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3937 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003938 if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003939 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3940 if (Size > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003941 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003942 else if (Size < 128) {
3943 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3944 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3945 }
3946 }
3947
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003948 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003949 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003950 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003951
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003952 uint64_t ABIAlign = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty).getQuantity();
3953 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003954
3955 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3956 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3957 uint64_t Members = 0;
3958 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3959 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3960 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3961 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3962 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3963 }
3964
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003965 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3966 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3967 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3968 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3969 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3970 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3971 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3972
3973 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3974 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3975 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3976 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3977 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3978 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3979 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3980 else {
3981 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3982 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3983 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3984 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3985 }
3986
3987 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3988 }
3989
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003990 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003991 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
3992 /*ByVal=*/true,
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003993 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003994 }
3995
3996 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3997 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3998}
3999
4000ABIArgInfo
4001PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4002 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4003 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4004
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00004005 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
4006 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4007
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004008 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
4009 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00004010 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004011 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4012 if (Size > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004013 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004014 else if (Size < 128) {
4015 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
4016 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4017 }
4018 }
4019
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004020 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4021 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
4022 const Type *Base = nullptr;
4023 uint64_t Members = 0;
4024 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
4025 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
4026 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4027 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
4028 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4029 }
4030
4031 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
4032 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4033 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
4034 if (Bits == 0)
4035 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4036
4037 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
4038 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
4039 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00004040 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004041 } else
4042 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
4043 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
4044 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4045 }
4046
4047 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004048 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004049 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00004050
4051 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
4052 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4053}
4054
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004055// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004056Address PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4057 QualType Ty) const {
4058 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4059 TypeInfo.second = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty);
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004060
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004061 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004062
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00004063 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
4064 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
4065 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
4066 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
4067 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
4068 // and store them to a temporary structure.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004069 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4070 CharUnits EltSize = TypeInfo.first / 2;
4071 if (EltSize < SlotSize) {
4072 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, CGF.Int8Ty,
4073 SlotSize * 2, SlotSize,
4074 SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
4075
4076 Address RealAddr = Addr;
4077 Address ImagAddr = RealAddr;
4078 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
4079 RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr,
4080 SlotSize - EltSize);
4081 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(ImagAddr,
4082 2 * SlotSize - EltSize);
4083 } else {
4084 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr, SlotSize);
4085 }
4086
4087 llvm::Type *EltTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(CTy->getElementType());
4088 RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RealAddr, EltTy);
4089 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(ImagAddr, EltTy);
4090 llvm::Value *Real = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, ".vareal");
4091 llvm::Value *Imag = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, ".vaimag");
4092
4093 Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "vacplx");
4094 CGF.EmitStoreOfComplex({Real, Imag}, CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Temp, Ty),
4095 /*init*/ true);
4096 return Temp;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00004097 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00004098 }
4099
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004100 // Otherwise, just use the general rule.
4101 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
4102 TypeInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004103}
4104
4105static bool
4106PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4107 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00004108 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
4109 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
4110
4111 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4112
4113 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
4114 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
4115 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
4116 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
4117
4118 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
4119 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
4120
4121 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
4122 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
4123
4124 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
4125 // 64: mq
4126 // 65: lr
4127 // 66: ctr
4128 // 67: ap
4129 // 68-75 cr0-7
4130 // 76: xer
4131 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
4132
4133 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
4134 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
4135
4136 // 109: vrsave
4137 // 110: vscr
4138 // 111: spe_acc
4139 // 112: spefscr
4140 // 113: sfp
4141 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
4142
4143 return false;
4144}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00004145
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004146bool
4147PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
4148 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4149 llvm::Value *Address) const {
4150
4151 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
4152}
4153
4154bool
4155PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4156 llvm::Value *Address) const {
4157
4158 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
4159}
4160
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004161//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004162// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004163//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4164
4165namespace {
4166
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004167class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004168public:
4169 enum ABIKind {
4170 AAPCS = 0,
4171 DarwinPCS
4172 };
4173
4174private:
4175 ABIKind Kind;
4176
4177public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004178 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004179
4180private:
4181 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4182 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
4183
4184 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004185 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004186 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4187 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4188 uint64_t Members) const override;
4189
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004190 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4191
David Blaikie1cbb9712014-11-14 19:09:44 +00004192 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004193 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4194 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00004195
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004196 for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
4197 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004198 }
4199
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004200 Address EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4201 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004202
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004203 Address EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4204 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004205
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004206 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4207 QualType Ty) const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004208 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
4209 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4210 }
4211};
4212
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004213class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004214public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004215 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4216 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004217
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00004218 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004219 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4220 }
4221
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00004222 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4223 return 31;
4224 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004225
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00004226 bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004227};
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00004228}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004229
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004230ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004231 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4232
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004233 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4234 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4235 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4236 if (Size <= 32) {
4237 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004238 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4239 }
4240 if (Size == 64) {
4241 llvm::Type *ResType =
4242 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004243 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4244 }
4245 if (Size == 128) {
4246 llvm::Type *ResType =
4247 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004248 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4249 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004250 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004251 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004252
4253 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4254 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4255 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4256 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4257
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004258 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4259 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4260 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4261 }
4262
4263 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
4264 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004265 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004266 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
4267 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004268 }
4269
4270 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
4271 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
4272 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4273 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
4274 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4275
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004276 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4277 }
4278
4279 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004280 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004281 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004282 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004283 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
4284 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004285 }
4286
4287 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
4288 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4289 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004290 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004291 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004292
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004293 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4294 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004295 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004296 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4297 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4298 }
4299 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4300 }
4301
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004302 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004303}
4304
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004305ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004306 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4307 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4308
4309 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4310 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004311 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004312
4313 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4314 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4315 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4316 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4317
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00004318 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4319 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4320 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004321 }
4322
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004323 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4324 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4325
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004326 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004327 uint64_t Members = 0;
4328 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004329 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4330 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4331
4332 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4333 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4334 if (Size <= 128) {
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004335 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004336 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004337
4338 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4339 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4340 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4341 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4342 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4343 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004344 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4345 }
4346
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004347 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004348}
4349
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004350/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4351bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004352 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4353 // Check whether VT is legal.
4354 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4355 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4356 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4357 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4358 return true;
4359 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4360 }
4361 return false;
4362}
4363
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004364bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4365 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4366 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4367 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4368 // including __fp16.
4369 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4370 if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4371 return true;
4372 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4373 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4374 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4375 return true;
4376 }
4377 return false;
4378}
4379
4380bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4381 uint64_t Members) const {
4382 return Members <= 4;
4383}
4384
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004385Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr,
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004386 QualType Ty,
4387 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4388 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004389 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4390
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004391 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4392 if (IsIndirect)
4393 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4394 else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4395 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4396
4397 unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4398 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4399 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4400 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4401 }
4402 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4403
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004404 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4405 // Standard, section B.4:
4406 //
4407 // struct {
4408 // void *__stack;
4409 // void *__gr_top;
4410 // void *__vr_top;
4411 // int __gr_offs;
4412 // int __vr_offs;
4413 // };
4414
4415 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4416 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4417 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4418 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004419
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004420 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4421 CharUnits TyAlign = TyInfo.second;
4422
4423 Address reg_offs_p = Address::invalid();
4424 llvm::Value *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004425 int reg_top_index;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004426 CharUnits reg_top_offset;
4427 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : TyInfo.first.getQuantity();
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004428 if (!IsFPR) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004429 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004430 reg_offs_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004431 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24),
4432 "gr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004433 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4434 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004435 reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004436 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004437 } else {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004438 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004439 reg_offs_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004440 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(28),
4441 "vr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004442 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4443 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004444 reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004445 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004446 }
4447
4448 //=======================================
4449 // Find out where argument was passed
4450 //=======================================
4451
4452 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4453 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4454 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4455 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004456 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004457 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4458 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4459
4460 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4461
4462 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00004463 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004464 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4465
4466 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4467 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4468 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004469 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
4470 int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004471
4472 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4473 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4474 "align_regoffs");
4475 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4476 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4477 "aligned_regoffs");
4478 }
4479
4480 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004481 // The fact that this is done unconditionally reflects the fact that
4482 // allocating an argument to the stack also uses up all the remaining
4483 // registers of the appropriate kind.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004484 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004485 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4486 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4487 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4488
4489 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4490 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004491 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004492 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4493 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4494
4495 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4496
4497 //=======================================
4498 // Argument was in registers
4499 //=======================================
4500
4501 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4502 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4503 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4504
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004505 llvm::Value *reg_top = nullptr;
4506 Address reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index,
4507 reg_top_offset, "reg_top_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004508 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004509 Address BaseAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(reg_top, reg_offs),
4510 CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsFPR ? 16 : 8));
4511 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
4512 llvm::Type *MemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004513
4514 if (IsIndirect) {
4515 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4516 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4517 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4518 }
4519
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004520 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004521 uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4522 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004523 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004524 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4525 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4526 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4527 // contiguously.
4528 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004529 auto BaseTyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(QualType(Base, 0));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004530 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4531 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004532 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy,
4533 std::max(TyAlign, BaseTyInfo.second));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004534
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004535 // On big-endian platforms, the value will be right-aligned in its slot.
4536 int Offset = 0;
4537 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4538 BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity() < 16)
4539 Offset = 16 - BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity();
4540
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004541 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004542 CharUnits BaseOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16 * i + Offset);
4543 Address LoadAddr =
4544 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4545 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(LoadAddr, BaseTy);
4546
4547 Address StoreAddr =
4548 CGF.Builder.CreateConstArrayGEP(Tmp, i, BaseTyInfo.first);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004549
4550 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4551 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4552 }
4553
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004554 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004555 } else {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004556 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory.
4557
4558 // It might be right-aligned in its slot.
4559 CharUnits SlotSize = BaseAddr.getAlignment();
4560 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !IsIndirect &&
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004561 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004562 TyInfo.first < SlotSize) {
4563 CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TyInfo.first;
4564 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, Offset);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004565 }
4566
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004567 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004568 }
4569
4570 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4571
4572 //=======================================
4573 // Argument was on the stack
4574 //=======================================
4575 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4576
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004577 Address stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0,
4578 CharUnits::Zero(), "stack_p");
4579 llvm::Value *OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004580
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004581 // Again, stack arguments may need realignment. In this case both integer and
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004582 // floating-point ones might be affected.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004583 if (!IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
4584 int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004585
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004586 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int64Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004587
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004588 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4589 OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004590 "align_stack");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004591 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4592 OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004593 "align_stack");
4594
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004595 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004596 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004597 Address OnStackAddr(OnStackPtr,
4598 std::max(CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), TyAlign));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004599
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004600 // All stack slots are multiples of 8 bytes.
4601 CharUnits StackSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
4602 CharUnits StackSize;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004603 if (IsIndirect)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004604 StackSize = StackSlotSize;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004605 else
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004606 StackSize = TyInfo.first.RoundUpToAlignment(StackSlotSize);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004607
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004608 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = CGF.Builder.getSize(StackSize);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004609 llvm::Value *NewStack =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004610 CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(OnStackPtr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004611
4612 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4613 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4614
4615 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004616 TyInfo.first < StackSlotSize) {
4617 CharUnits Offset = StackSlotSize - TyInfo.first;
4618 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OnStackAddr, Offset);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004619 }
4620
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004621 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004622
4623 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4624
4625 //=======================================
4626 // Tidy up
4627 //=======================================
4628 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4629
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004630 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
4631 OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock, "vaargs.addr");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004632
4633 if (IsIndirect)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004634 return Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"),
4635 TyInfo.second);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004636
4637 return ResAddr;
4638}
4639
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004640Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4641 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4642 // The backend's lowering doesn't support va_arg for aggregates or
4643 // illegal vector types. Lower VAArg here for these cases and use
4644 // the LLVM va_arg instruction for everything else.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004645 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004646 return Address::invalid();
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004647
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004648 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004649
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004650 // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004651 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004652 Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
4653 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4654 return Addr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004655 }
4656
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004657 // The size of the actual thing passed, which might end up just
4658 // being a pointer for indirect types.
4659 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4660
4661 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous
4662 // aggregates should be passed indirectly.
4663 bool IsIndirect = false;
4664 if (TyInfo.first.getQuantity() > 16) {
4665 const Type *Base = nullptr;
4666 uint64_t Members = 0;
4667 IsIndirect = !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004668 }
4669
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004670 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect,
4671 TyInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004672}
4673
4674//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004675// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004676//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004677
4678namespace {
4679
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004680class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004681public:
4682 enum ABIKind {
4683 APCS = 0,
4684 AAPCS = 1,
4685 AAPCS_VFP
4686 };
4687
4688private:
4689 ABIKind Kind;
4690
4691public:
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004692 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004693 setCCs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004694 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004695
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004696 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004697 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4698 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4699 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004700 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004701 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004702 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004703 return true;
4704 default:
4705 return false;
4706 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004707 }
4708
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004709 bool isEABIHF() const {
4710 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4711 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4712 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4713 return true;
4714 default:
4715 return false;
4716 }
4717 }
4718
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004719 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4720
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004721private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004722 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004723 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004724 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004725
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004726 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4727 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4728 uint64_t Members) const override;
4729
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004730 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004731
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004732 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4733 QualType Ty) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004734
4735 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4736 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004737 void setCCs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004738};
4739
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004740class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4741public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004742 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4743 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004744
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004745 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4746 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4747 }
4748
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004749 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004750 return 13;
4751 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004752
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004753 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004754 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4755 }
4756
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004757 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004758 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004759 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004760
4761 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004762 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004763 return false;
4764 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004765
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004766 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004767 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4768 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4769 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004770
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004771 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004772 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00004773 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004774 if (!FD)
4775 return;
4776
4777 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4778 if (!Attr)
4779 return;
4780
4781 const char *Kind;
4782 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4783 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4784 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4785 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4786 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4787 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4788 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4789 }
4790
4791 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4792
4793 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4794
4795 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4796 return;
4797
4798 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4799 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4800 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4801 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4802 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4803 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4804 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4805 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4806 B));
4807 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004808};
4809
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004810class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4811 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4812 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const;
4813
4814public:
4815 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4816 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4817
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004818 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004819 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4820};
4821
4822void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(
4823 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4824 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
4825 return;
4826 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096)
4827 return;
4828
4829 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4830 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
4831 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
4832}
4833
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004834void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004835 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004836 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004837 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4838}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00004839}
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004840
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004841void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004842 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00004843 FI.getReturnInfo() =
4844 classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004845
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004846 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4847 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic());
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004848
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004849 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4850 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4851 return;
4852
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004853 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4854 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004855 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004856}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004857
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004858/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4859llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4860 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004861 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004862 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4863 else if (isEABI())
4864 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4865 else
4866 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4867}
4868
4869/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4870/// as the C calling convention.
4871llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004872 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004873 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4874 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4875 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004876 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004877 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4878}
4879
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004880void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004881 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4882
4883 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4884 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4885 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4886 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4887 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004888
4889 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4890 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004891}
4892
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004893ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
4894 bool isVariadic) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004895 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4896 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4897 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4898 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4899 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4900 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4901 // to four Elements.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004902 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004903
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004904 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4905
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004906 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4907 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4908 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4909 if (Size <= 32) {
4910 llvm::Type *ResType =
4911 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004912 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004913 }
4914 if (Size == 64) {
4915 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4916 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004917 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004918 }
4919 if (Size == 128) {
4920 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4921 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004922 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004923 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004924 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004925 }
4926
Oliver Stannarddc2854c2015-09-03 12:40:58 +00004927 // __fp16 gets passed as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16 bits
4928 // unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type
4929 // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code.
4930 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4931 llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ?
4932 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) :
4933 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4934 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4935 }
4936
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004937 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004938 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004939 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004940 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004941 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004942
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004943 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4944 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004945 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004946
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004947 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004948 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004949 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004950
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004951 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004952 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004953 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4954
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004955 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004956 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4957 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004958 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004959 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004960 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004961 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004962 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004963 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004964 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004965 }
4966
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004967 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004968 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4969 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4970 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004971 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4972 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4973 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004974 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004975 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00004976
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004977 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004978 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
4979 /*ByVal=*/true,
4980 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004981 }
4982
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004983 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004984 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004985 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004986 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4987 // we can.
4988 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004989 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4990 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004991 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004992 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4993 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004994 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004995
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004996 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004997}
4998
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004999static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005000 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
5001 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
5002 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
5003 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
5004
5005 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
5006
5007 // Check that the type fits in a word.
5008 if (Size > 32)
5009 return false;
5010
5011 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
5012 if (Ty->isVectorType())
5013 return false;
5014
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00005015 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
5016 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
5017 return false;
5018
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005019 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005020 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005021 return true;
5022
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00005023 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
5024 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
5025 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005026
5027 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
5028 // above, but they are not.
5029
5030 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
5031 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5032 if (!RT) return false;
5033
5034 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
5035 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5036 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5037 return false;
5038
5039 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
5040 // like".
5041 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5042
5043 bool HadField = false;
5044 unsigned idx = 0;
5045 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5046 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005047 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005048
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005049 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
5050 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
5051 // struct { int : 0; int x }
5052 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
5053 if (FD->isBitField()) {
5054 if (!RD->isUnion())
5055 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005056
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005057 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
5058 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005059
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005060 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005061 }
5062
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005063 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
5064 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
5065 return false;
5066
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005067 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
5068 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00005069
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005070 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
5071 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
5072 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005073 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
5074 if (HadField)
5075 return false;
5076
5077 HadField = true;
5078 }
5079 }
5080
5081 return true;
5082}
5083
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005084ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
5085 bool isVariadic) const {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005086 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00005087
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005088 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005089 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005090
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00005091 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005092 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005093 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005094 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00005095
Oliver Stannarddc2854c2015-09-03 12:40:58 +00005096 // __fp16 gets returned as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16
5097 // bits unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type
5098 // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code.
5099 if (RetTy->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5100 llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ?
5101 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) :
5102 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5103 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
5104 }
5105
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00005106 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005107 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5108 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5109 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5110
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005111 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
5112 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005113 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005114
5115 // Are we following APCS?
5116 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005117 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005118 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5119
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00005120 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
5121 //
5122 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
5123 // correctly.
5124 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00005125 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
5126 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00005127
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005128 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005129 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005130 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005131 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005132 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00005133 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005134 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00005135 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5136 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005137 }
5138
5139 // Otherwise return in memory.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005140 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005141 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005142
5143 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
5144
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005145 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005146 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5147
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00005148 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005149 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005150 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00005151 uint64_t Members;
5152 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00005153 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00005154 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005155 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00005156 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00005157 }
5158
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005159 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5160 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005161 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005162 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00005163 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
5164 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005165 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00005166
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005167 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5168 if (Size <= 8)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005169 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005170 if (Size <= 16)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005171 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5172 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005173 }
5174
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005175 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005176}
5177
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005178/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
5179bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
5180 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5181 // Check whether VT is legal.
5182 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
5183 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5184 // NumElements should be power of 2.
5185 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
5186 return true;
5187 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
5188 return Size <= 32;
5189 }
5190 return false;
5191}
5192
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00005193bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
5194 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
5195 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
5196 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
5197 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
5198 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
5199 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
5200 return true;
5201 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5202 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5203 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
5204 return true;
5205 }
5206 return false;
5207}
5208
5209bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
5210 uint64_t Members) const {
5211 return Members <= 4;
5212}
5213
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005214Address ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5215 QualType Ty) const {
5216 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005217
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005218 // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00005219 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005220 Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
5221 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5222 return Addr;
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00005223 }
5224
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005225 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
5226 CharUnits TyAlignForABI = TyInfo.second;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005227
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005228 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
5229 bool IsIndirect = false;
5230 if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) && isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
5231 IsIndirect = true;
5232
5233 // Otherwise, bound the type's ABI alignment.
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005234 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
5235 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005236 // Our callers should be prepared to handle an under-aligned address.
5237 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5238 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) {
5239 TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
5240 TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
5241 } else {
5242 TyAlignForABI = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005243 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005244 TyInfo.second = TyAlignForABI;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005245
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005246 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, TyInfo,
5247 SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005248}
5249
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005250//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005251// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005252//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5253
5254namespace {
5255
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005256class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005257public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005258 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005259
5260 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5261 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5262
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005263 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005264 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5265 QualType Ty) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005266};
5267
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005268class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005269public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005270 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5271 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005272
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005273 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005274 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005275private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005276 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5277 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5278 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005279};
5280
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005281ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005282 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5283 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005284
5285 // note: this is different from default ABI
5286 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5287 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5288
5289 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5290 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5291 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5292
5293 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5294 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005295}
5296
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005297ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005298 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5299 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5300 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005301
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005302 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5303 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005304 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /* byval */ true);
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005305
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005306 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5307 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005308}
5309
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005310void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005311 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5312 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005313 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5314 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005315
5316 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5317 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5318 return;
5319
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005320 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5321}
5322
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005323Address NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5324 QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005325 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005326}
5327
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005328void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005329setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005330 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00005331 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005332 if (!FD) return;
5333
5334 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5335
5336 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005337 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005338 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005339 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005340 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005341 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005342 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5343 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005344 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005345 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005346 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005347 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005348
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005349 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005350 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005351 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005352 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5353 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005354 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5355 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5356 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5357 }
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005358 if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005359 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005360 llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32);
5361 MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5362 if (MaxThreads > 0)
5363 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue());
5364
5365 // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was
5366 // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value,
5367 // we don't have to add a PTX directive.
5368 if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) {
5369 llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32);
5370 MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5371 if (MinBlocks > 0)
5372 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5373 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue());
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005374 }
5375 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005376 }
5377}
5378
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005379void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5380 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005381 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5382 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5383
5384 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5385 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5386
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005387 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5388 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5389 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5390 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005391 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5392 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5393}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005394}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005395
5396//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005397// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5398//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5399
5400namespace {
5401
5402class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005403 bool HasVector;
5404
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005405public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005406 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV)
5407 : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005408
5409 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5410 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005411 bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005412 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005413 QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005414
5415 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5416 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5417
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005418 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005419 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5420 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005421 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5422 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005423 }
5424
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005425 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5426 QualType Ty) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005427};
5428
5429class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5430public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005431 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector)
5432 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005433};
5434
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005435}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005436
5437bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5438 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5439 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5440 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5441
5442 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5443 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5444 return true;
5445
5446 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5447 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5448 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5449 case BuiltinType::Int:
5450 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5451 return true;
5452 default:
5453 return false;
5454 }
5455 return false;
5456}
5457
5458bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005459 return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() ||
5460 Ty->isVectorType() ||
5461 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty));
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005462}
5463
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005464bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5465 return (HasVector &&
5466 Ty->isVectorType() &&
5467 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128);
5468}
5469
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005470bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5471 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5472 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5473 case BuiltinType::Float:
5474 case BuiltinType::Double:
5475 return true;
5476 default:
5477 return false;
5478 }
5479
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005480 return false;
5481}
5482
5483QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005484 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5485 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005486 QualType Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005487
5488 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5489 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005490 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5491 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005492
5493 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5494 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5495 continue;
5496
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005497 if (!Found.isNull())
5498 return Ty;
5499 Found = GetSingleElementType(Base);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005500 }
5501
5502 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005503 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005504 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005505 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5506 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005507 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5508 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5509 continue;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005510
5511 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005512 // Nested structures still do though.
5513 if (!Found.isNull())
5514 return Ty;
5515 Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType());
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005516 }
5517
5518 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5519 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005520 if (!Found.isNull())
5521 return Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005522 }
5523
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005524 return Ty;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005525}
5526
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005527Address SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5528 QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005529 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5530 // struct {
5531 // i64 __gpr;
5532 // i64 __fpr;
5533 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5534 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5535 // };
5536
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005537 // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference
5538 // in either GPRs or FPRs. Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are
5539 // always passed on the stack.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005540 Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5541 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005542 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005543 llvm::Type *DirectTy = ArgTy;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005544 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005545 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005546 bool InFPRs = false;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005547 bool IsVector = false;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005548 CharUnits UnpaddedSize;
5549 CharUnits DirectAlign;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005550 if (IsIndirect) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005551 DirectTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DirectTy);
5552 UnpaddedSize = DirectAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005553 } else {
5554 if (AI.getCoerceToType())
5555 ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
5556 InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005557 IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy();
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005558 UnpaddedSize = TyInfo.first;
5559 DirectAlign = TyInfo.second;
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005560 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005561 CharUnits PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
5562 if (IsVector && UnpaddedSize > PaddedSize)
5563 PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
5564 assert((UnpaddedSize <= PaddedSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005565
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005566 CharUnits Padding = (PaddedSize - UnpaddedSize);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005567
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005568 llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005569 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV =
5570 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize.getQuantity());
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005571
5572 if (IsVector) {
5573 // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack.
5574 // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a
5575 // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005576 Address OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5577 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16),
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005578 "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005579 Address OverflowArgArea =
5580 Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
5581 TyInfo.second);
5582 Address MemAddr =
5583 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArgArea, DirectTy, "mem_addr");
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005584
5585 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5586 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005587 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
5588 "overflow_arg_area");
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005589 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5590
5591 return MemAddr;
5592 }
5593
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005594 assert(PaddedSize.getQuantity() == 8);
5595
5596 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex;
5597 CharUnits RegPadding;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005598 if (InFPRs) {
5599 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5600 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5601 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005602 RegPadding = CharUnits(); // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005603 } else {
5604 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5605 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5606 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5607 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5608 }
5609
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005610 Address RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5611 VAListAddr, RegCountField, RegCountField * CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
5612 "reg_count_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005613 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005614 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5615 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005616 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005617
5618 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5619 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5620 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5621 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5622
5623 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5624 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5625
5626 // Work out the address of an argument register.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005627 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5628 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5629 llvm::Value *RegBase =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005630 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize.getQuantity()
5631 + RegPadding.getQuantity());
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005632 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5633 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005634 Address RegSaveAreaPtr =
5635 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24),
5636 "reg_save_area_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005637 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5638 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005639 Address RawRegAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset,
5640 "raw_reg_addr"),
5641 PaddedSize);
5642 Address RegAddr =
5643 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawRegAddr, DirectTy, "reg_addr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005644
5645 // Update the register count
5646 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5647 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5648 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5649 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5650 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5651
5652 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5653 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5654
5655 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005656 Address OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5657 VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16), "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5658 Address OverflowArgArea =
5659 Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
5660 PaddedSize);
5661 Address RawMemAddr =
5662 CGF.Builder.CreateConstByteGEP(OverflowArgArea, Padding, "raw_mem_addr");
5663 Address MemAddr =
5664 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawMemAddr, DirectTy, "mem_addr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005665
5666 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5667 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005668 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
5669 "overflow_arg_area");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005670 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5671 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5672
5673 // Return the appropriate result.
5674 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005675 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
5676 MemAddr, InMemBlock, "va_arg.addr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005677
5678 if (IsIndirect)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005679 ResAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"),
5680 TyInfo.second);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005681
5682 return ResAddr;
5683}
5684
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005685ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5686 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5687 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005688 if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy))
5689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005690 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005691 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005692 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5693 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5694}
5695
5696ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5697 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005698 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005699 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005700
5701 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5702 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5703 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5704
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005705 // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types. Note that
5706 // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any
5707 // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005708 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005709 QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty);
5710 if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) &&
5711 getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size)
5712 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy));
5713
5714 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005715 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005716 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005717
5718 // Handle small structures.
5719 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5720 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5721 // fail the size test above.
5722 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5723 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005724 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005725
5726 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5727 llvm::Type *PassTy;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005728 if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005729 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5730 if (Size == 32)
5731 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5732 else
5733 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5734 } else
5735 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5736 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5737 }
5738
5739 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5740 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005741 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005742
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005743 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005744}
5745
5746//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005747// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005748//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005749
5750namespace {
5751
5752class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5753public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005754 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5755 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005756 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005757 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005758};
5759
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005760}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005761
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005762void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005763 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5764 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00005765 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005766 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5767 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5768 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5769
5770 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5771 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5772
5773 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005774 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005775
5776 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005777 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005778 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5779 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005780 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005781 }
5782}
5783
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005784//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005785// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5786// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005787//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5788
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005789namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005790class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005791 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005792 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5793 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005794 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005795 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005796 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005797 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005798public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005799 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005800 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005801 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005802
5803 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005804 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005805 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005806 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5807 QualType Ty) const override;
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005808 bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005809};
5810
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005811class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005812 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005813public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005814 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5815 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005816 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005817
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005818 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005819 return 29;
5820 }
5821
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005822 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005823 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00005824 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005825 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005826 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005827 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5828 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5829 }
5830 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5831 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5832 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005833 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005834
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005835 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005836 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005837
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005838 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005839 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005840 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005841};
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005842}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005843
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005844void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(
5845 uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005846 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5847 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005848
5849 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5850 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5851 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5852
5853 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5854 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5855
5856 if (R)
5857 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005858}
5859
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005860// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5861// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005862llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005863 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5864
5865 if (IsO32) {
5866 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5867 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5868 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005869
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005870 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5871 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005872
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005873 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005874
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005875 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5876 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5877 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5878 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5879 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005880
5881 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5882 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005883 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005884
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005885 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5886 unsigned idx = 0;
5887 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5888
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005889 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5890 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005891 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5892 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005893 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005894 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5895
5896 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5897 continue;
5898
5899 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5900 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5901 continue;
5902
5903 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5904 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5905 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5906
5907 // Add double type.
5908 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5909 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5910 }
5911
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005912 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5913 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005914
5915 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5916}
5917
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005918llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5919 uint64_t Offset) const {
5920 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005921 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005922
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005923 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005924}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005925
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005926ABIArgInfo
5927MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Daniel Sanders998c9102015-01-14 12:00:12 +00005928 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5929
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005930 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005931 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005932 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005933
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005934 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5935 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005936 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5937 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005938
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005939 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005940 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005941 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005942 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5943
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005944 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005945 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005946 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005947 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005948
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005949 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5950 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5951 // aggregate is unaligned.
Daniel Sandersaa1b3552014-10-24 15:30:16 +00005952 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5953 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5954 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5955 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5956 return ArgInfo;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005957 }
5958
5959 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5960 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5961 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5962
Daniel Sanders5b445b32014-10-24 14:42:42 +00005963 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5964 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005965 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5966
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005967 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005968 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005969}
5970
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005971llvm::Type*
5972MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005973 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005974 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005975
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005976 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005977 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005978 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5979 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005980
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005981 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5982 // following conditions are met:
5983 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5984 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5985 // point types.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005986 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005987 //
5988 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5989 //
5990 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5991 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5992 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005993 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005994
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005995 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5996 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005997
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005998 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005999 }
6000
6001 if (b == e)
6002 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
6003 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
6004
6005 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006006 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006007 }
6008
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006009 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006010 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
6011}
6012
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006013ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00006014 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6015
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00006016 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6017 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6018
6019 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
6020 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
6021 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006022 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6023
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00006024 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006025 if (Size <= 128) {
6026 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
6027 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6028
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00006029 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00006030 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00006031 if (!IsO32 ||
6032 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
6033 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
6034 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
6035 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
6036 return ArgInfo;
6037 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006038 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006039
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006040 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006041 }
6042
6043 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6044 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6045 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6046
6047 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6048 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6049}
6050
6051void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00006052 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006053 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6054 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00006055
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006056 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006057 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00006058
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006059 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6060 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006061}
6062
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006063Address MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6064 QualType OrigTy) const {
6065 QualType Ty = OrigTy;
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00006066
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006067 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
6068 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00006069 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006070 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006071 bool DidPromote = false;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006072 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006073 getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006074 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006075 DidPromote = true;
6076 Ty = getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
6077 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00006078 }
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006079
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006080 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00006081
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006082 // The alignment of things in the argument area is never larger than
6083 // StackAlignInBytes.
6084 TyInfo.second =
6085 std::min(TyInfo.second, CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlignInBytes));
6086
6087 // MinABIStackAlignInBytes is the size of argument slots on the stack.
6088 CharUnits ArgSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
6089
6090 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
6091 TyInfo, ArgSlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
6092
6093
6094 // If there was a promotion, "unpromote" into a temporary.
6095 // TODO: can we just use a pointer into a subset of the original slot?
6096 if (DidPromote) {
6097 Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(OrigTy, "vaarg.promotion-temp");
6098 llvm::Value *Promoted = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr);
6099
6100 // Truncate down to the right width.
6101 llvm::Type *IntTy = (OrigTy->isIntegerType() ? Temp.getElementType()
6102 : CGF.IntPtrTy);
6103 llvm::Value *V = CGF.Builder.CreateTrunc(Promoted, IntTy);
6104 if (OrigTy->isPointerType())
6105 V = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(V, Temp.getElementType());
6106
6107 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, Temp);
6108 Addr = Temp;
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00006109 }
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00006110
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006111 return Addr;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006112}
6113
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00006114bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
6115 int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006116
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00006117 // MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended.
6118 if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32)
6119 return true;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006120
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00006121 return false;
6122}
6123
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006124bool
6125MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6126 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6127 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
6128 // as canonical as it gets.
6129
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006130 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
6131 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006132 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006133
6134 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
6135 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
6136 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
6137 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006138 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006139
6140 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
6141 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
6142
6143 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
6144 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
6145 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
6146 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
6147 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006148 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006149 return false;
6150}
6151
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006152//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6153// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006154// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006155// handling.
6156//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6157
6158namespace {
6159
6160class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
6161public:
6162 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6163 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
6164
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006165 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006166 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006167};
6168
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006169void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006170 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00006171 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006172 if (!FD) return;
6173
6174 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006175
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006176 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006177 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6178 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00006179 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00006180 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
6181 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006182 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
6183 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006184 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
6185 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata(
6186 "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006187
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006188 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
6189 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006190
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006191 Operands.push_back(
6192 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6193 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
6194 Operands.push_back(
6195 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6196 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
6197 Operands.push_back(
6198 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6199 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006200
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006201 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint"
6202 // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later.
6203 // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006204 Operands.push_back(
6205 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006206 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
6207 }
6208 }
6209 }
6210}
6211
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006212}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006213
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006214//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6215// Hexagon ABI Implementation
6216//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6217
6218namespace {
6219
6220class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6221
6222
6223public:
6224 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6225
6226private:
6227
6228 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
6229 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
6230
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006231 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006232
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006233 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6234 QualType Ty) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006235};
6236
6237class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6238public:
6239 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6240 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6241
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006242 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006243 return 29;
6244 }
6245};
6246
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006247}
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006248
6249void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006250 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6251 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006252 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6253 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006254}
6255
6256ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6257 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6258 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6259 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6260 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6261
6262 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6263 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6264 }
6265
6266 // Ignore empty records.
6267 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6268 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6269
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006270 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006271 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006272
6273 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6274 if (Size > 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006275 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006276 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6277 else if (Size > 32)
6278 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6279 else if (Size > 16)
6280 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6281 else if (Size > 8)
6282 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6283 else
6284 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6285}
6286
6287ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6288 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6289 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6290
6291 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6292 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006293 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006294
6295 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6296 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6297 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6298 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6299
6300 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6301 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6302 }
6303
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006304 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6305 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6306
6307 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6308 // are returned indirectly.
6309 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6310 if (Size <= 64) {
6311 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6312 if (Size <= 8)
6313 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6314 if (Size <= 16)
6315 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6316 if (Size <= 32)
6317 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6318 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6319 }
6320
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006321 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/true);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006322}
6323
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006324Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6325 QualType Ty) const {
6326 // FIXME: Someone needs to audit that this handle alignment correctly.
6327 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
6328 getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
6329 CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
6330 /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006331}
6332
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006333//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6334// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6335//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6336
6337namespace {
6338
6339class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6340public:
6341 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6342 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006343 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006344 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6345};
6346
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006347}
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006348
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006349void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006350 const Decl *D,
6351 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6352 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00006353 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006354 if (!FD)
6355 return;
6356
6357 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6358 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6359 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6360 if (NumVGPR != 0)
6361 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6362 }
6363
6364 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6365 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6366 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6367 if (NumSGPR != 0)
6368 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6369 }
6370}
6371
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006372
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006373//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6374// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6375// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6376//
6377// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6378// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6379// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6380//
6381// One case requires special care:
6382//
6383// struct mixed {
6384// int i;
6385// float f;
6386// };
6387//
6388// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6389// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6390// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6391// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6392//
6393// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6394//
6395// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6396// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6397// bytes.
6398//
6399namespace {
6400class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6401public:
6402 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6403
6404private:
6405 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006406 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006407 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6408 QualType Ty) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006409
6410 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6411 // serves two purposes:
6412 //
6413 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6414 // in registers.
6415 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6416 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6417 //
6418 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6419 // aligned 32-bit floats.
6420 //
6421 struct CoerceBuilder {
6422 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6423 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6424 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6425 uint64_t Size;
6426 bool InReg;
6427
6428 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6429 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6430
6431 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6432 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6433 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6434 if (ToSize == Size)
6435 return;
6436
6437 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6438 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6439 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6440 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6441 Size = Aligned;
6442 }
6443
6444 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6445 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6446 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6447 Size += 64;
6448 }
6449
6450 // Final in-word padding.
6451 if (Size < ToSize) {
6452 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6453 Size = ToSize;
6454 }
6455 }
6456
6457 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6458 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6459 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6460 if (Offset % Bits)
6461 return;
6462 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6463 if (Bits < 64)
6464 InReg = true;
6465 pad(Offset);
6466 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6467 Size = Offset + Bits;
6468 }
6469
6470 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6471 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6472 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6473 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6474 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6475 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6476 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6477 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6478 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6479 break;
6480 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6481 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6482 break;
6483 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6484 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6485 break;
6486 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6487 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6488 break;
6489 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6490 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6491 pad(ElemOffset);
6492 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6493 Size += 64;
6494 }
6495 break;
6496 default:
6497 break;
6498 }
6499 }
6500 }
6501
6502 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6503 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
Benjamin Kramer39ccabe2015-03-02 11:57:06 +00006504 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006505 }
6506
6507 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6508 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6509 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6510 return Elems.front();
6511 else
6512 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6513 }
6514 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006515};
6516} // end anonymous namespace
6517
6518ABIArgInfo
6519SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6520 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6521 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6522
6523 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6524
6525 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6526 // pointer / sret pointer.
6527 if (Size > SizeLimit)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006528 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006529
6530 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6531 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6532 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6533
6534 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6535 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6536 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6537
6538 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6539 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6540 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6541
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006542 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6543 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6544 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006545 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006546
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006547 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006548 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6549 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6550 if (!StrTy)
6551 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6552
6553 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6554 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6555 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6556
6557 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6558 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6559
6560 if (CB.InReg)
6561 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6562 else
6563 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006564}
6565
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006566Address SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6567 QualType Ty) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006568 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6569 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6570 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6571 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6572
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006573 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006574
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006575 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6576 Address Addr(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
6577 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6578
6579 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
6580
6581 Address ArgAddr = Address::invalid();
6582 CharUnits Stride;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006583 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6584 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006585 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006586 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6587
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006588 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: {
6589 Stride = SlotSize;
6590 CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TypeInfo.first;
6591 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, Offset, "extend");
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006592 break;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006593 }
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006594
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006595 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: {
6596 auto AllocSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6597 Stride = CharUnits::fromQuantity(AllocSize).RoundUpToAlignment(SlotSize);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006598 ArgAddr = Addr;
6599 break;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006600 }
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006601
6602 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006603 Stride = SlotSize;
6604 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, ArgPtrTy, "indirect");
6605 ArgAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"),
6606 TypeInfo.second);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006607 break;
6608
6609 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006610 return Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeInfo.second);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006611 }
6612
6613 // Update VAList.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006614 llvm::Value *NextPtr =
6615 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), Stride, "ap.next");
6616 Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006617
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006618 return Builder.CreateBitCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006619}
6620
6621void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6622 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006623 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6624 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006625}
6626
6627namespace {
6628class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6629public:
6630 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6631 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006632
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006633 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006634 return 14;
6635 }
6636
6637 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006638 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006639};
6640} // end anonymous namespace
6641
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006642bool
6643SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6644 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6645 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6646 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6647
6648 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6649
6650 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6651 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6652 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6653
6654 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6655 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6656
6657 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6658 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6659
6660 // Y = 64
6661 // PSR = 65
6662 // WIM = 66
6663 // TBR = 67
6664 // PC = 68
6665 // NPC = 69
6666 // FSR = 70
6667 // CSR = 71
6668 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006669
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006670 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6671 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6672
6673 return false;
6674}
6675
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006676
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006677//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006678// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006679//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006680
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006681namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006682
6683/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6684/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6685typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6686
6687/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6688///
6689/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6690/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6691/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6692///
6693/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6694/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6695/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6696/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6697/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6698/// Recursive type encoding.
6699///
6700/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6701/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6702/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6703/// the type is encountered.
6704///
6705/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6706/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6707/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6708/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6709/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6710///
6711/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6712/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6713/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6714/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6715/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6716///
6717/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6718///
6719/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6720/// cached encoding is used;
6721///
6722/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6723/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6724///
6725/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6726/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6727///
6728/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6729/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6730/// it is swapped back in;
6731///
6732/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6733/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6734/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6735///
6736/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6737/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6738/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6739/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6740///
6741class TypeStringCache {
6742 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6743 struct Entry {
6744 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6745 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6746 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6747 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6748 };
6749 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6750 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6751 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6752public:
Hans Wennborg4afe5042015-07-22 20:46:26 +00006753 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006754 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6755 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6756 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6757 bool IsRecursive);
6758 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6759};
6760
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006761/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006762/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6763class FieldEncoding {
6764 bool HasName;
6765 std::string Enc;
6766public:
Hans Wennborg4afe5042015-07-22 20:46:26 +00006767 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}
6768 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006769 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6770 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6771 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6772 }
6773};
6774
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006775class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6776public:
6777 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006778 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6779 QualType Ty) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006780};
6781
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006782class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006783 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006784public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006785 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006786 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006787 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6788 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006789};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006790
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006791} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006792
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006793Address XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6794 QualType Ty) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006795 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006796
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006797 // Get the VAList.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006798 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
6799 Address AP(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006800
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006801 // Handle the argument.
6802 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006803 CharUnits TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006804 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6805 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6806 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006807 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006808
6809 Address Val = Address::invalid();
6810 CharUnits ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006811 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006812 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006813 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006814 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6815 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006816 Val = Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeAlign);
6817 ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006818 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006819 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6820 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006821 Val = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6822 ArgSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
6823 getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()));
6824 ArgSize = ArgSize.RoundUpToAlignment(SlotSize);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006825 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006826 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006827 Val = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6828 Val = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Val), TypeAlign);
6829 ArgSize = SlotSize;
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006830 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006831 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006832
6833 // Increment the VAList.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006834 if (!ArgSize.isZero()) {
6835 llvm::Value *APN =
6836 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(AP.getPointer(), ArgSize);
6837 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006838 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006839
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006840 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006841}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006842
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006843/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6844/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6845/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6846/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6847/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6848void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6849 std::string StubEnc) {
6850 if (!ID)
6851 return;
6852 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6853 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6854 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6855 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6856 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6857 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6858 E.State = Incomplete;
6859 ++IncompleteCount;
6860}
6861
6862/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6863/// must be removed from the cache.
6864/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6865/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6866bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6867 if (!ID)
6868 return false;
6869 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6870 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6871 Entry &E = I->second;
6872 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6873 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6874 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6875 bool IsRecursive = false;
6876 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6877 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6878 IsRecursive = true;
6879 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6880 }
6881 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6882 Map.erase(I);
6883 else {
6884 // Swap the Recursive back.
6885 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6886 E.Swapped.clear();
6887 E.State = Recursive;
6888 }
6889 --IncompleteCount;
6890 return IsRecursive;
6891}
6892
6893/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6894/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6895void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6896 bool IsRecursive) {
6897 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6898 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6899 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6900 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6901 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6902 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6903 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6904 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6905 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6906 return;
6907 }
6908 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6909 E.Str = Str.str();
6910 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6911}
6912
6913/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6914/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6915/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6916StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6917 if (!ID)
6918 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6919 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6920 if (I == Map.end())
6921 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6922 Entry &E = I->second;
6923 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6924 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6925
6926 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6927 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6928 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6929 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6930 }
6931 return E.Str.c_str();
6932}
6933
6934/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6935/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6936/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6937/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6938/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6939/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6940///
6941/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6942/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006943/// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006944/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6945///
6946static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6947 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6948
6949/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6950void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6951 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6952 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6953 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6954 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006955 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6956 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006957 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6958 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6959 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6960 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6961 }
6962}
6963
6964static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6965 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6966 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6967
6968/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006969/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration
6970/// order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006971static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6972 const RecordDecl *RD,
6973 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6974 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006975 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006976 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6977 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006978 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006979 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006980 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006981 Enc += "b(";
6982 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006983 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006984 Enc += ':';
6985 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006986 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006987 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006988 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006989 Enc += ')';
6990 Enc += '}';
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00006991 FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006992 }
6993 return true;
6994}
6995
6996/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6997/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6998/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6999static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
7000 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7001 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7002 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
7003 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
7004 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
7005 Enc += TypeString;
7006 return true;
7007 }
7008
7009 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
7010 size_t Start = Enc.size();
7011 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
7012 Enc += '(';
7013 if (ID)
7014 Enc += ID->getName();
7015 Enc += "){";
7016
7017 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
7018 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007019 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
7020 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
7021 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
7022 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
7023 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007024 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007025 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
7026 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
7027 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
7028 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
7029 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
7030 return false;
7031 }
7032 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
7033 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
7034 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
7035 if (RT->isUnionType())
7036 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007037 // We can now complete the TypeString.
7038 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007039 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
7040 if (I)
7041 Enc += ',';
7042 Enc += FE[I].str();
7043 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007044 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007045 Enc += '}';
7046 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
7047 return true;
7048}
7049
7050/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
7051static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
7052 TypeStringCache &TSC,
7053 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7054 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
7055 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
7056 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
7057 Enc += TypeString;
7058 return true;
7059 }
7060
7061 size_t Start = Enc.size();
7062 Enc += "e(";
7063 if (ID)
7064 Enc += ID->getName();
7065 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007066
7067 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007068 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007069 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
7070 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
7071 ++I) {
7072 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
7073 EnumEnc += "m(";
7074 EnumEnc += I->getName();
7075 EnumEnc += "){";
7076 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
7077 EnumEnc += '}';
7078 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
7079 }
7080 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
7081 unsigned E = FE.size();
7082 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
7083 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007084 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007085 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007086 }
7087 }
7088 Enc += '}';
7089 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
7090 return true;
7091}
7092
7093/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
7094/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
7095static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
7096 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
Craig Topper273dbc62015-10-18 05:29:26 +00007097 static const char *const Table[]={"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007098 int Lookup = 0;
7099 if (QT.isConstQualified())
7100 Lookup += 1<<0;
7101 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
7102 Lookup += 1<<1;
7103 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
7104 Lookup += 1<<2;
7105 Enc += Table[Lookup];
7106}
7107
7108/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
7109static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
7110 const char *EncType;
7111 switch (BT->getKind()) {
7112 case BuiltinType::Void:
7113 EncType = "0";
7114 break;
7115 case BuiltinType::Bool:
7116 EncType = "b";
7117 break;
7118 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
7119 EncType = "uc";
7120 break;
7121 case BuiltinType::UChar:
7122 EncType = "uc";
7123 break;
7124 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7125 EncType = "sc";
7126 break;
7127 case BuiltinType::UShort:
7128 EncType = "us";
7129 break;
7130 case BuiltinType::Short:
7131 EncType = "ss";
7132 break;
7133 case BuiltinType::UInt:
7134 EncType = "ui";
7135 break;
7136 case BuiltinType::Int:
7137 EncType = "si";
7138 break;
7139 case BuiltinType::ULong:
7140 EncType = "ul";
7141 break;
7142 case BuiltinType::Long:
7143 EncType = "sl";
7144 break;
7145 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
7146 EncType = "ull";
7147 break;
7148 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7149 EncType = "sll";
7150 break;
7151 case BuiltinType::Float:
7152 EncType = "ft";
7153 break;
7154 case BuiltinType::Double:
7155 EncType = "d";
7156 break;
7157 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
7158 EncType = "ld";
7159 break;
7160 default:
7161 return false;
7162 }
7163 Enc += EncType;
7164 return true;
7165}
7166
7167/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
7168static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
7169 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7170 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7171 Enc += "p(";
7172 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
7173 return false;
7174 Enc += ')';
7175 return true;
7176}
7177
7178/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007179static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
7180 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007181 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7182 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
7183 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
7184 return false;
7185 Enc += "a(";
7186 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
7187 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
7188 else
7189 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
7190 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007191 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7192 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007193 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
7194 return false;
7195 Enc += ')';
7196 return true;
7197}
7198
7199/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
7200/// and the arguments.
7201static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
7202 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7203 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7204 Enc += "f{";
7205 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
7206 return false;
7207 Enc += "}(";
7208 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7209 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
7210 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
7211 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
7212 if (I != E) {
7213 do {
7214 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
7215 return false;
7216 ++I;
7217 if (I != E)
7218 Enc += ',';
7219 } while (I != E);
7220 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7221 Enc += ",va";
7222 } else {
7223 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7224 Enc += "va";
7225 else
7226 Enc += '0';
7227 }
7228 }
7229 Enc += ')';
7230 return true;
7231}
7232
7233/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7234/// type encodings.
7235static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7236 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7237 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7238
7239 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7240
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007241 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7242 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7243 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7244 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7245
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007246 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7247
7248 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7249 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7250
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007251 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7252 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7253
7254 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7255 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7256
7257 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7258 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7259
7260 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7261 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7262
7263 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7264 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7265
7266 return false;
7267}
7268
7269static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7270 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7271 if (!D)
7272 return false;
7273
7274 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7275 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7276 return false;
7277 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7278 }
7279
7280 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7281 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7282 return false;
7283 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7284 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7285 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007286 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7287 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7288 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007289 }
7290 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7291 }
7292 return false;
7293}
7294
7295
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007296//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7297// Driver code
7298//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7299
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00007300const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7301 return getTarget().getTriple();
7302}
7303
7304bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7305 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7306}
7307
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007308const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007309 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7310 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007311
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007312 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00007313 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007314 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007315 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007316
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00007317 case llvm::Triple::le32:
7318 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00007319 case llvm::Triple::mips:
7320 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Petar Jovanovic26a4a402015-07-08 13:07:31 +00007321 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::NaCl)
7322 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007323 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7324
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00007325 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7326 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007327 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7328
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00007329 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00007330 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007331 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007332 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007333 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007334
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007335 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007336 }
7337
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +00007338 case llvm::Triple::wasm32:
7339 case llvm::Triple::wasm64:
7340 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7341
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007342 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007343 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007344 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007345 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007346 {
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00007347 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7348 TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7349 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
7350 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7351 }
7352
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007353 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007354 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007355 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00007356 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007357 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7358 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007359 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7360
Derek Schuff71658bd2015-01-29 00:47:04 +00007361 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007362 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007363
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007364 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007365 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00007366 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007367 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007368 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007369 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7370 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007371 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007372
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007373 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007374 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007375 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00007376 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007377 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00007378 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007379 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007380 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx")
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007381 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007382 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007383
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007384 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007385 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007386 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007387
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00007388 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7389 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00007390 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00007391
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007392 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007393 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007394
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00007395 case llvm::Triple::systemz: {
7396 bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector";
7397 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7398 HasVector));
7399 }
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00007400
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00007401 case llvm::Triple::tce:
7402 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7403
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007404 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007405 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00007406 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007407 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasoolec5c6242014-11-23 02:16:24 +00007408 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00007409
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007410 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007411 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00007412 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007413 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007414 } else {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007415 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00007416 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +00007417 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters,
7418 CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft"));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007419 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007420 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007421
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007422 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007423 StringRef ABI = getTarget().getABI();
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00007424 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel = (ABI == "avx512" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX512 :
7425 ABI == "avx" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX :
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007426 X86AVXABILevel::None);
7427
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007428 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7429 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007430 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7431 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00007432 case llvm::Triple::PS4:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007433 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7434 new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007435 default:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007436 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7437 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007438 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007439 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007440 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7441 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00007442 case llvm::Triple::r600:
7443 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Tom Stellardd8e38a32015-01-06 20:34:47 +00007444 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7445 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007446 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7447 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007448 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007449 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007450 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007451}